«'
Environmental Protection
Ager
                     Health httects
                     Research Labors
                     Rest   ogle Park
                     NC 27711
           Research and Development
&EPA
Methodologies and Protocols
in Clinical Research:
Evaluating Environmental
Effects in Man

-------
                    DISCLAIMER

This report has been reviewed by the Health Effects
Research Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, and approved for publication.  Mention of
trade names or commercial products does not consti-
tute endorsement or recommendation for use.

-------
                       EPA-600/9-78-008
Methodologies and Protocols
in Clinical Research:
Evaluating Environmental
Effects in Man

Symposium Proceedings

May 1978
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Health Effects Research Laboratory
Clinical Studies Division
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711

-------
Preface
      The  relative  affluence  of  the  industrial  age has  been  attain-
 ed at the cost  of  degrading  the quality of  some  aspects  of  life.
 Conditions of the  sort described by Dickens have, in large  measure,
 been corrected.  But there remains  the  pervasive and insidious  danger
 of man's  increasing ability  to  alter his environment.  In the final
 analysis, mankind  is concerned  with the repercussions  of environ-
 mental changes  on  his health and happiness.  Both of these  quali-
 ties are  very difficult to measure  in a quantitative way.   This
 symposium, however, addresses some  aspects  of the quantitative
 assessment of health status.

      In some respects, the proper study of  environmental influence
 on human  health is the study of humans whose environment is altered
 in a controlled way.  The methodologic, ethical, legal,  and social
 aspects of such research are the major topics of this  symposium.
 Because of the  inherent problems and restrictions  in  these  major
 topics, there are  many environmental health questions  that  will
 always remain beyond the purview of clinical research.  Because of
 the unique advantages of clinical research, there  are  some  environ-
 mental health questions that are answered best by  clinical  research.
 One of the objectives of this symposium is  to formulate  criteria
 for identifying which kinds  of environmental health questions are
 particularly suited to the clinical research approach  and which
 definitely are not.

      The levels of sophistication involved in most aspects  of clini-
 cal environmental research is increasing rapidly.   Those who are
 relatively new to this field may assume that space age technology
 reflects the recent advent of this kind of research.   This  is not
                                                                  III

-------
true.  Modern clinical environmental research draws on a rich
heritage of simple, elegant studies that have provided the foun-
dation of human stress physiology.  I hope we are successful in
using the tools of modern technology in responding to the needs of
modern society.  To accomplish this, we must continue to perform
well in the tradition of those whose work has made ours possible
so that we can improve the quality of life for those who follow
us on this planet.
                                     John  H.  Knelson,  M.D.
                                     Clinical Studdies Division
   IV

-------
Contents
PART ONE - PHILOSOPHY OF  CLINICAL RESEARCH

Ethical Considerations in  Research
Involving Human Subjects,
Harmon L. Smith
Discussion Summary
Legal Aspects of Using Human Subjects
in Environmental Research,
Michael V. Mclntire .....................  19
Discussion Summary
Informed Consent — Its Function
and Limitations,
Charles E. Daye .......................  31

Discussion Summary  .........  .....  .......  49

Role and Function of Committees on
Protection of Human  Subjects in Research,
Edward Bishop ........................  51

Discussion Summary  .....................  59

-------
 Developing Methodologies — Environmental Studies
 Steven Horvath 	                         '
                            	63

 Discussion Summary ....
                          	69

 Rationale for Experimental Design,
 John H. Knelson  	
                              	71

 Discussion Summary «...
                            	79

 Subject Selection, Investigator Interactions,
 Informed Consent in Clinical and
 Environmental Research,

 David A. Otto and Jeanne T.  Hernandez  .
                                          	81

 Discussion Summary 	
                            	91

 Acute Versus Chronic Studies,
 David Bates  	
                          	93

 Discussion Summary ....
                            	101

 Sensitive Populations in Environmental
 Studies,
 Carl Shy*


 Role of Automatic Data  Processing in
 Clinical  Research,

 Frank Starmer  ........
                              	103

 Discussion Summary 	
                                	109



 PART THREE 	 ENVIRONMENTAL AND PHYSICAL SAFETY
 CONSIDERATIONS  IN HUMAN EXPOSURE FACILITIES


 Environmental Controls  and  Safeguards,
 Morton  Lippmann  	  ......
                    	113

Discussion Summary  ...  	
Electrical Surveillance and  Integrity,
G. Guy Knickerbocker  	
*Paper not available at time of publication.


vi
                                                              131
                                                              133

-------
Discussion Summary  	 145


PART FOUR 	 EPA HUMAN STUDIES PROGRAMS
CLEANS/CLEVER System Approach,
John H. Knelson	149
PART FIVE 	 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AND APPROACHES
IN ENVIRONMENTAL CLINICAL RESEARCH

Introduction to Panel Discussion,
Philip Bromberg 	

Statement, Robert Frank 	 165

Discussion	•	171

Statement, Bernard E. Statland   	 175

Discussion	»	

Statement, L. David Pengelly   	

Discussion	•	»«• 203

Statement, Mario C. Battigelli   	 209

Discussion  	  ...... 213

Appendix
Program Participants  	 223
                                                                VII

-------
PHILOSOPHY OF CLINICAL RESEARCH
   Moderator: Milan Hazucha, M.D.

-------
Ethical Considerations in Research
Involving Human  Subjects

     Harmon L Smith, Ph.D.
     Divinity School
     Duke University
     There  is, I dare to think, broader consensus among physicians
and ethicists on the meaning of "clinical research" than on "ethi-
cal issues," so I want to introduce these observations on ethical
issues in clinical research by commenting on what constitutes an
ethical issue.  No doubt, you have noticed that the words "ethics"
and "morals" are heir to many interpretations;  indeed, they are
frequently  employed as synonyms in medical literature.  Therefore,
my initial  focus will be to discriminate between these terms.

ETHICS AND  MORALS

     In the history of Western philosophical and theological re-
flection, ethics (or moral philosophy) is typically characterized
by a spirit of radical inquiry; it does not attempt to supply so-
lutions for moral dilemmas, but it does undertake to provide a ra-
tional framework for comprehending the complexities of moral judg-
ment.  Put  simply, the moral question is a "what" question—what
ought I do, what good should I seek, what is the right action in
this situation, what end should I pursue?  Correspondingly/ the
ethical question is a "why" question—why should I do this, why
do I seek this good action rather than some other action, why is
this action right or appropriate?

     In other words, ethical questions attempt  to reference action

-------
to an affirmative warrant/ they ask whether there is a proper rea-
son for making a particular choice, and whether there is coherence
and congruency between what one believes and how one behaves.  On
these terms, a moral action is one that expresses an antecedent
value commitment.

     In this classic study of American racism, Gunnar Myrdal argues
that the roots of American racism  lie in a contradiction between
American political and social ideology.  In his book, An American
Dilemma,  Myrdal shows that racism is the product of a  distancing,
a gap, a discontinuity between the "American creed" and the  "Amer-
ican deed."  The "creed"  declares  that all persons are  created
equal; the  "deed" treats  some persons as superior and others as
inferior.   The Biblical word for this disparity is hypocrisy (from
the Greek hypokrisis,  literally/ to  act a part, to pretend to be
what one  is not), and  immorality is  the name we give to conduct
that is  contradictory  of, or in conflict with, character.   Thus,
one useful  reason  for  distinguishing ethics  from morals is to
undertake  a rational analysis  of the value predicates  of  actions
 and to test their  expression in behavior.

 DESCRIPTIVE/PRESCRIPTIVE ANALYSIS

      The analysis of the value predicates of action and their ex-
 pression in behavior is principally of two sorts:  descriptive and
 prescriptive, or operational and normative,   in descriptive analy-
  sis, the values that appear to be informing action are inferred
  from the actual conduct  of individuals or groups.  Thus,  if a per-
  son or group steals, it  is not unreasonable to suppose that (at
  least in those situations in which  stealing is practiced) there are
  no absolute property rights.  It  would appear further  that property
  (at least  the property in this situation) appropriately belongs to
  whoever can possess it,  by fair means or foul.  Conversely, if a
  person or  group does not steal/ it  is reasonable to suppose that
  the mores  of this group  prohibit  it and, moreover, that property
  is somehow thought  to be inviolate. Descriptive analysis identifies
  the ethics of persons or groups inductively from observation of
  actual  conduct.

       On  the  other hand,  prescriptive  or normative  analysis takes
  its cue  from an  articulated system of values—usually a  formal
  statement  that affirms  what is true,  beautiful,  and good—to ask
  two kinds  of questions:  (1)  In view of  a  given  statement of what
  is valuable, what  actions are derivatively  appropriate?   If this
  statement represents what we  believe,  how ought we to behave?  (2)
  Given a statement of what is valuable,  are the actions we observe
  appropriate? Are these modes of conduct coherent with this charac-
  ter,  are these actions congruent with these affirmations?

-------
     I tell my classes about the case of an avowed and apparently
devout cannibal who is a practicing vegetarian!  Descriptive  analy-
sis says simply that this is an immoral person—he does  not prac-
tice what he preaches, there is no congruency or coherence between
what he affirms and how he acts.  Prescriptive  analysis,  on the
other hand, is more concerned with the predicates of  the cannibal's
behavior; that is, whether cannibalism qua cannibalism is an  appro-
priate or right or good philosophy.  Depending  on the answer  to
this question, prescriptive analysis will tend  to make one of two
judgments—either that cannibalism is a licit philosophy, in  which
case, this "vegetarian cannibal" is confused or cannot be responsi-
ble to his conviction and therefore is not a dependable  moral agent;
or that cannibalism is an illicit philosophy, and while  this  person
may be doing the right thing, he's doing it for the wrong reason.
In either case, a negative judgment is rendered in the absence of
clarity and continuity between creed and deed.

ETHICAL ISSUES AS MORAL  DILEMMAS

     To speak about ethical  issues in clinical  research  is to engage
this same genre of questions and  judgments.  But  in  this context,
our attention is drawn to physicians  (and  possibly  others) who (a)
are simultaneously acting under the  governance  of  both personal  and
professional  ethical  sensibilities, which  suggests  that  conflict
may sometimes occur between  these  two,  and who  (b)  are carrying out
'scientific  investigations on patients who  have  presented themselves
for care and  treatment,  which  also suggests  that  a disturbance may
be experienced, this  time by patients who  learn that they are ex-
perimental  subjects.   In addition, physicians may find it difficult
to reconcile  their responsibilities  as  clinicians with their respon-
sibilities  as  investigators.

      So,  an "ethical  issue"  can be either  or both of two sorts:  it
can be  identified  as  an  incongruence or discontinuity between
affirmation and actions,  or  it can be  identified as an inappropriate
affirmation or  a mistaken value system.   In both instances,  an
 "ethical  issue"  ordinarily  presents  as  a moral  dilemma.

      In today's society,  the ethical issues in clinical  research
 seem  to be  basically  of  the  first sort,  that is,  as a tension or
 distancing between belief and behavior.   As one reads the literature
 of  clinical investigations—say,  from Nuremberg to the present—it
 is  evident that the  principal ethical questions ask what research
 is  appropriate under  already established guidelines, and whether
 investigators are,  in fact,  honoring those principles in both proto-
 col  and practice.   Of course,  innovations in therapy together with
 curiosity generated out of  previous studies constantly push against
 the  boundaries of those principles,  and occasionally, there is talk

-------
about reformulating the goals and goods to which medicine is com-
mitted.

     It has been suggested, for example, that cloning and cyborg-
androids offer the prospect of larger and less restricted pools
for "human" experimentation, and that we should move ahead with
technologies in anticipation of the benefits that would  result
from their use.  To cite only one instance: The care with which
the current National Commission for the Protection  of Human  Sub-
jects  has proposed and promulgated guidelines  for  studies using
abortuses, prisoners, the mentally infirm, and others as potential
research subjects makes it  fair to say, I think, that there  is  a
formal consensus in the U.S. concerning the values  and obligations
of clinical  investigations.  The ethical standards  for clinical
investigations  appear to be settled if  one takes these documents
to be  normative statements.

THE  ETHICS  OF  INVESTIGATION

      What  are  the  standard values  and obligations  of the medical
 profession  that govern  clinical  investigations?   Their  documentary
 expression  can be  found (among other  places)  in the Nuremberg Code,3
 in the Declaration of  Helsinki,"  in the policies of DHEW regarding
 the  protection of  human subjects,5  and in the AMA's "Ethical Guide-
 lines for Clinical Investigation.»<   A careful reading and content
 analysis of these statements shows that their substantial points
 focus on two principal interests:   the study and the subject.  More-
 over, three constituent heads can be denominated under each of these
 two governing titles:   the sections that comment on the nature of
 the study typically address its purpose, its design and conduct,
 and its results; and the sections that speak to the role of parti-
 cipants in the study accentuate the physician-patient relationship,
 consent, and risk.  All of these sections together constitute, in
 this  literature, the ethical issues appropriate to clinical investi-
 gations, at least as perceived by those who formulated  these state-
 ments .

 Study Guidelines

       The purpose of clinical studies,  according to the  Nuremberg
 Code,  "should  be such as  to yield fruitful results for  the  good  of
 society, unprocurable by  other methods or means of study, and  not
 random or unnecessary  in  nature."  In  Helsinki, the World Medical
 Association declared that, "It is essential  that  the results  of
 laboratory  experiments be applied  to human beings to further  scien-
 tific knowledge and to help suffering humanity."   The AMA  guidelines
 for  clinical  investigation, adopted  in 1966,  endorse these  same
 ethical principles.  In  sum,  they seem to  state that what  initially

-------
legitimates clinical research is the need to test experimental
hypotheses on human subjects to extend scientific knowledge and to
alleviate human suffering.

     In addition, this purpose must be acknowledged in the design
and conduct of the study. "A physician may participate in clinical
investigation," according to the AMA guidelines, "only to the ex-
tent that his activities are a part of a systematic program com-
petently designed, under accepted standards of scientific research,
to produce data which is scientifically valid and significant."
Moreover, both the Nuremberg and Helsinki statements insist that
the research should be designed and based on animal experiments and
the natural history of the disease, and conducted only by scienti-
fically qualified persons from whom "the highest degree of skill
and care should be required."  The point of these admonitions is
that a study must be ethical in its design and conduct if it
intends to be ethical at all; that is, rather than judge the ethical
aspects of a study solely on a post hoc basis, there are possibili-
ties for ethical evaluation already present in a study's intention
and methodology.

     Finally, these ethical guidelines hold that the results of the
study should coinhere with its purpose.  If the goal of clinical
research is to test experimental hypotheses on human subjects to
extend scientific knowledge and alleviate human suffering, the
results of the investigation ought to show this.  Sometimes con-
structive advances in knowledge and innovative therapies are
achieved, and sometimes  it is discovered that the positive accom-
plishment of a trial is  to show that a given hypothesis is incorrect.
In either case, the ethical burden is placed upon the  investigator
to show that the results of the study are in keeping with its
purpose.

The Subject's Rights

     The second principal interest that these documents address con-
cerns the participants in clinical research and the two kinds of
special consideration due them.  Presuppositional to concerns for
consent and risk is the  physician-patient relationship.  Without
this, and without its being conceived in a certain way, there would
be little or no point in going on to talk about consents and risks.
The AMA guidelines state unambiguously that the investigator "should
demonstrate the  same concern and caution for the welfare, safety
and comfort" of  the experimental subject "as is required of a physi-
cian who is furnishing medical care to a patient independently  of
any clinical investigations."  The Declaration of Helsinki is,  if
anything, more rigorous: "The doctor can combine clinical research
with professional care.  •  .only to the extent that clinical research

-------
is justified by its therapeutic value for the patient" because
"it is the duty of the doctor to remain the protector of the life
and health of that person on whom clinical research is being
carried out."

     These notions of subjects' rights and physicians' duties are
reinforced in both the Nuremberg and Helsinki documents, with pro-
visions for investigators to terminate, and subjects to withdraw
from, experiments at any stage.  What appears to be clearly at
stake, and what is clearly affirmed in all these documents, is a
sensitive and generous humanitarianism that imposes equally upon
the investigator and the subject.  Neither can treat or regard the
other as merely a means to an  end, because there is a fiduciary
relationship between them, which is an inviolable  end and which
transcends the immediacy of  any enterprise in which they may be
jointly engaged.

      In this context, concerns for consent-getting and  risk-assess-
ment  make sense as  logical extensions  of  the primary  commitment  to
humanitarian ideals.  Thus,  the Nuremberg Code  states that  "voluntary
consent of  the human  subject is absolutely essential,"  and  the De-
claration of Helsinki asserts categorically  that "clinical  research
on a  human  being  cannot be undertaken  without his  free  consent,
after he  has been fully informed."

      Each of us  could probably cite  too many examples of the fail-
ure to honor this fiduciary relationship.  I recently experienced
 an especially  poignant  demonstration of this.   I was on an airplane,
 comfortably settled into an aisle seat and reading an issue of The
 Lancet when,  almost immediately after we were airborne, a woman
 who was sitting across  the aisle leaned toward me and asked  "Are
 you a doctor?"  "Yes,"  I said, "but probably not the kind you mean."
 "Then what kind of doctor are you?"  she inquired.  "A Ph D   a
 doctor of philosophy."   "Well," she said, "maybe you can help me
 anyhow.   And then she proceeded to tell me her story.

      in early childhood her husband had received a diagnosis of
  cerebral palsy ; in manhood  he had experienced grand mal seizures;
 and now  more recently, he had undergone episodes of uncontrollable
 violent behavior during which he had hurt both himself and his wife.
 She was now returning home  after having admitted  her husband to  a
                    C6nter ^^ th  Care Of a "eurosurgeon  to  whom
 had b                    **     ~    *  ~' **  ^  -ting
       Thereafter,  she was  contacted by  one  of  the  neuro surgeon's
 residents,  and it was  with  him that she had a conversation about her
 husband's  situation.   She did not learn very  much from  that confer-
  8

-------
ence because, she said, "He talked funny and I couldn't understand
him."  In response to my questions, it developed that the resident
also had "different eyes."  We concluded that he was probably not
a native American.  In any event, this woman did not understand
what she was told by the resident.  She had no opinion about fault-
ing the young doctor for failing to communicate with her, and she
turned aside my question about the neurosurgeon1s responsibility
to discuss her husband's case by saying that "he is so busy...he is
very important and works very hard...lots of people like my hus-
band depend on him...he's just too busy."

     This woman is a registered pharmacist, and I would have guessed
her to be in her early thirties.  She had signed the admissions
forms and her plans were to return to the hospital in ten days, when
her husband's initial work-up and perhaps other preliminary or
exploratory procedures would be completed, to be present at the time
of his surgery.  She planned to return to the medical center in the
early morning of the day when surgery was scheduled for noon; she
did not know anything about any consent forms, but did know that
she would be expected to sign some papers when she went back to
the hospital.

     She could not describe what was going to be done to her husband
over the next ten days, nor did she know what surgical procedure
was scheduled at the end of that period.  When I inquired whether
her husband's treatments, whatever they were, would be directed to
his cerebral palsy or his epilepsy, the wife's response was, "No,
it's for his violence."  "Well," I asked, "what surgery is going
to be done?"  "I don't know," she  said, "but that's what I wanted
to ask you about.  I saw something about  'thalamus1 and something
about 'frontal.1  Do you know what those mean?"  I avoided answering
that question, and asked whether she was  satisfied with what she
knew about her husband's treatment, and whether her questions to
me indicated that she needed to know considerably more than she did.
She acknowledged the force of both those  questions, then added, I
thought somewhat plaintively, "But they wouldn't hurt him, would
they?"

     This was an uncomfortable conversation for me—uncomfortable for
all the conventional reasons, to be sure; but more than that, it was
uncomfortable because  I am familiar with  the symptoms she described
and some aspects of the "innovative therapy" of "psychiatric neuro-
surgery" being undertaken in that  medical center for the control of
violence.  I did not want to alarm this woman, not only because I
am not a medical doctor, but also  because I did not have all the
relevant facts before me.  Nevertheless,  I was  disturbed by what I
suspected was likely to happen to  her husband,  and my uneasiness was
escalated by the knowledge that this woman and her husband  lacked

-------
the most rudimentary information and understanding of the husband's
treatment.  Without the necessary information and understanding,
they could not participate significantly in the decision-making
process.  Preconditional to that, it was plain that the presumption
of a convenantal bond, a fiduciary relationship between patient and
physician, had been violated.

     By now the airplane was beginning its descent, and I wanted
to  let her know, without adding  to her anxiety, that I thought
the way her husband's  case was being handled was very inappropriate
and unsatisfactory.   I suggested that she contact  a  local neuosur-
geon, explain the  situation, ask him to  contact the medical  center
neurosurgeon  on her behalf,  and  then have him  explain to her her
husband's treatment.   I also suggested  that  she make arrangements
 to talk with  the  attending  surgeon  prior to  surgery  and before
 signing any further forms.   Even with these  suggestions,  I  felt
 frustrated and powerless.   As  she  left  the  airplane, she expressed
 her disappointment that I would not or  could not say any more than
 I had about what was likely to be  in store for her husband.

 THE PATIENT'S CONSENT—AN ETHICAL ISSUE OF THE 20TH CENTURY

      I find  it interesting that, while the moral traditions of
 Western  medicine  contain provisions for a consent mechanism, the
 prominent role of consent as an explicit issue in medical ethics
 is a relatively recent one.  In fact, there is no mention of con-
 sent in  the  Hippocratic Oath, or by Maimonides in the  12th  century,
 or by  other  pre-19th century medical authorities.   Indeed,  there
 is no  apparent concern among  classical  authorities  for a special
 ethical  obligation with respect to consent—and  this is the case
 for  both experimental and  established  therapies.

       The most persuasive explanation for  this state of affairs is
  two-fold: (1) The beginning of human experimentation is typically
  identified with William Harvey's  research in human circulation in
  the early 17th century (1628);  however, the great commitments to
  research as a predominating direction of scientific medicine were
  not expressed until the mid-20th century.  So, while there has
  always  been curiosity in the clinical setting, it has only been in
  relatively  recent times that clinical investigation has achieved
  such high priority and institutionalization.  (2) Concurrently
  with this phenomenon of the socialization and politicization  of
  medicine, an intellectual  attitude developed in Western culture,
  which had as its primary objective the yielding  of information
   through systematically designed experiments.  This attitude,  in
   turn, provoked  conflict and  competition with an older principle
   of primary  patient  benefit from medical  intervention.
   10

-------
     World War II, and the Nazi medical experiments in particular,
exposed the weakness of experimental ethics that were based either
solely or largely on social utility or scientific advance; and
Nuremberg, although it focuses chiefly on experimentation, has
become the landmark in the evolution of consent as a prominent
issue in the ethics of health care.  (I want to add, parenthetically,
that the force of the Nuremberg Code is unquestionably directed
toward the protection of patients and subjects, although it was
propounded to guide physicians in carrying out studies on human
subjects.  In recent years, however, and in the wake of wide
exposure of unethical studies and malpractice litigation, we are
observing a subtle shift in the intention of consent-mechanisms
from patient-subject protection to physician-investigator protec-
tion. )

     Since Nuremberg, four types of consent situations have been
plainly identified: (1) the therapeutic setting, in which treatment
is specifically and exclusively directed to the benefit of the pri-
m    patient  (e.g., appendectomy);  (2) yet another therapeutic
setting, but one  in which the benefit of treatment is specifically
and exclusively directed toward another recipient  (e.g., tissue
and/or organ transplantation involving a living donor);  (3) the
experimental setting, in which general or specific information is
sought by procedures that are unrelated to a primary patient's
(or subject's) care, but which may  benefit others  and/or increase
medical knowledge (e.g., mass screenings for hypertension or trans-
mission of hepatitis); and finally,  (4) permutations or  combinations
of the preceding  situations, in which a treatment  of unknown efficacy
and safety is administered both for possible benefit to  patients
(or subjects) and for potential extension of medical information
(e.g., new chemotherapeutic agents  for carcinoma).

     In all of these settings, the  implementation  of adequate  con-
sent-getting  has  been  left primarily to physicians.  Indeed, the
Nuremberg Code states explicitly  that consent  procurement  "rests
upon each individual who initiates,  directs, or engages  in  the
experiment.   It is a personal duty  and responsibility which may not
be delegated  with impunity."  The literal meaning  of that  last
phrase,  "with impunity," is "with freedom  from punishment  or pen-
alty."   It is my  experience, by and large, that consent-getting is
nevertheless  regularly delegated  to either nurses  or house  officers.
This practice presents the kind of  ethical issue,  which  in  my  judg-
ment,  is  our  foremost  concern—a  mode of behavior  that contradicts
the  stated ethical principle.

     The  consent  process is complex enough in  itself without  this
kind of  obviously faulty procedure  that  could  be  easily  remedied.
Since  Nuremberg,  it has been  generally acknowledged that a valid
                                                                  11

-------
consent rests upon and consists of three elements: information,
freedom, and competency.  Thus, a consent is valid if it is
secured from a patient or subject who is knowledgeable, who
agrees voluntarily, and who is compos mentis (or who, in the case
of legal or mental incompetency, is represented by a guardian).
In this context, I would like to plead for abolition of the phrase,
"informed consent," because it misrepresents (both intentionally
and  grammatically) what is required in a valid consent.

      But even  if this misanthropic phrase should  disappear  from
the  medical  lexicon, consents will remain problematic because  it
is  difficult (perhaps,  in an absolute sense, impossible)  to assess
precisely and  accurately the extent to which any  given  patient or
subject is  informed, free, and  competent  in the  consent situation.
I have not  found any consent situation  (except,  perhaps,  for a
genuinely elective procedure) which unambiguously satisfies pro
forma the full range of interests  signified by these elements?"
Moreover,  I do not know of any  single  rule  or  protocol which in
 itself is comprehensive enough to  guard all the contingencies and
 to  guarantee adequacy.

      I do not, however, conclude that we should abandon the concept
 of  valid consent or blunt our  moral sensibilities sufficiently to
 enable us to accept a more imperfect model.  Rather— and presuming
 the  subject's competency, which among the three elements of valid
 consent is customarily the easiest to certify— i believe that  it
 ought to remain the physician's personal and professional  struggle
 to  111 ti   f Crite!ia f°r VaUd consent' *>y heightened sensitivity
 to  all the  elements that comprise voluntary consent, and by strenuous
                                             - -formation^  the
       Ideally,  the  consent  situation  is  a  covenant  between persons,
  a fiduciary relationship,  which  is intended to guard and protect
  while simultaneously opening to  larger  no^iHHi^   *-u    Protect
  humanity of the parties to I share^r^^ ~g the
  consent situation  is easily forgotten or  neglected in the day-to-
  day routinization  of research,  or in the  enthusiasm ror a study?
  But acknowledgement of the consent situation as a fiduciary
  relationship,  by both physicians and patients alike  Jm
  go farther than any formal requirement                     p
  spirit and the letter of ^
  RISK-ASSESSMENT
  of the problem to be solve. by theee             Ration
  12

-------
of Helsinki similarly expresses its formal interest in risk-assess-
ment by stating in its "Basic Principles" that "clinical research
cannot legitimately be carried out unless the J"f r*J"°V?* *?•,,
objective is in proportion to the inherent risk to the subject.

     However, none of the documents venture to define precisely
what constitutes an ordinate or inordinate risk, although the
Nuremberg  statement does provide that "proper preparation should
be made and adequate facilities provided to protect the experimen-
tal subject against even remote possibilities of in3ury, ^ability,
or death."  This commentary is not insignificant.  Unlike the FDA
requirement, which states only that drugs must be "safe" and
"effective," but does not further explain or define these catego-
ries, the Nuremberg statement offers some clues about which conditions
constitute inordinate risk.

     Diagnostic precision must be developed in the applicability of
clinical studies, just as there is need for technical and scientific
excellence in research design.  Those human trials that have treated
indiscriminately the application of an innovative therapy have
tended to be the most disastrous.  For example, the use of a special
high protein diet in the treatment of liver disease seemed to have
a sound theoretical basis and to be administratively  innocuous, but
in the absence of the demonstrated benefit of this regimen, a decade
passed before it became apparent that many patients were dying  in
hepatic coma as a result of this diet.  That kind of  risk appears
to be inherent in any experimental study, but my point  in citing
this instance is to show that the risk need not be made  inordinate
by accepting a study as a success before  adequate evidence  is  in to
prove its validity.

     Withal, three things seem  clear:  (1) the risk  factor will  vary
from study to study, depending  on the nature of  the  disease, the
condition of the patient-subject, and on  other  factors  that  are
relatively unique to the situation;  (2) the physician's  initial
obligation—primum non nocere—is his minimal  duty  toward  subjects,
and their protection "against even remote possibilities  of  injury,
disability, or death" is an appropriate extension of  that basic
desideratum; and  (3) a good research design will  identify both
potential and/or anticipated risks and make provisions  for  unpre-
dictable and unexpected risks.

     While these aspects of the ethics of human  experimentation
deserve  careful consideration in every  study that  involves  human
subjects, they  impact with  special emphasis  on  research in  the
clinical  setting.  Anyone with  experience in both  kinds of  investi-
gations,  i.e., when  combined with professional  care and when con-
ducted  in a  non-therapeutic  setting, knows  that the personal and
                                                                  13

-------
interpersonal dynamics of these two settings can be, and usually
are, remarkably different.  For example, there is a heightened vul-
nerability among subjects who are also patients.  This calls for
uncommon sensitivity on the part of primary care physicians who are
also, in these cases, clinical investigators.

ETHICAL AND MORAL DILEMMAS IN THE RESEARCH SETTING

     There are ethical issues in clinical research  that,  like  the
poor, seem destined  to be with us always.  This  is  so  largely  be-
cause it  is  the  task of  ethics to probe  behind the  "what"  and  the
"why,"  and to  reference  action to an  affirmative warrant by estab-
lishing the  truth  and value  claims  of that warrant.  So long as
research behaviors probe and push against  settled ethical bounda-
ries,  so long will it be incumbent  upon us  to reexamine and reassess
 our moral predicates.  I know, of  course,  that remarkable and
 gigantic strides have been made  in  scientific and technical achieve-
 ment,  and that most  if  not all of  these achievements owe their
 genesis to research  and experimentation.  But I also know that the
 ethical dilemmas of  society are  not rooted there, and that the
 moral crises that confront us do not emerge from the risks that
 attend our scientific accomplishment or the perils that accompany
 the promise of our technological triumphs.

      Our ethical dilemma is actually a  set of questions:  Can  we
 agree upon a common  set of values?   Is  there  a  firm consensus
 among us as to what  is  true and good and beautiful?   Can  we
 assume that we  share common notions  of  duties and  rights?  And
 our moral dilemma,  correspondingly,  interrogates our  conduct:  If
 we can agree upon the principles of  virtue,  can we then be clear
 and unconfused  about the practice  of virtue?   I ventured to observe
 at the beginning  that the ethical  issues  that confront us today are
 derived principally from incongruence or  discontinuity between for-
 mally  adopted professional  affirmations and the embodiment of these
  ideals in the research  setting,   if  that is 8Of our ethical predica-
 ment  represents something of an inversion of the experimental hypo-
  thesis; in this instance our problem is not that "we need to know
  more  in order to do better" but that "we don't do as well as we
  know."
  14

-------
REFERENCES

1.   Myrdal, G.:  An American Dilemma. (2 vols.) Harper, New York,
     1944.

2.   Cf. 39 Federal Register No. 165 (23 August 1974), 40 Federal
     Register No. 154 {8 August 1975), et seq.

3.   The Nuremberg Code. _In Trials of War Criminals before the
     Nuremberg Military Tribunals under Control Council Law No. 10.
     (Vol. 2) Washington, D.C.:  U.S. Government Printing Office,
     1949, pp. 181-2.

4.   World Medical Association: Declaration of Helsinki: Recommen-
     dations guiding medical doctors in biomedical research involv-
     ing human subjects.  In Ethics in Medicine: Historical Per-
     spectives and Contemporary Concerns (Reiser, S.J., Dyck, A.J.,
     and Curran,  W.J., eds.).  Cambridge: The MIT Press, 1977,
     pp. 328-9.

5.   Cf. 39 Federal Register No. 165 (23 August 1974), 40 Federal
     Register No. 154 (8 August 1975), et seq.

6.   Ethical Guidelines for Clinical Investigation, adopted by the
     House of Delegates, American Medical Association, Proceedings
     of the House of Delegates, pp. 189-190, November 30, 1966.
                                                                 15

-------
     Discussion Summary
     Conference participants raised three principal questions  fol-
lowing the presentation of Dr. Smith's paper.

     First, who should an investigator consult (besides himself)
to assess accurately the degree of risk and the scientific merit
of a research proposal?  It was suggested that there is no set
formula to determine what the risks of a particular study might be
to the research subject.

     In essence, it is the principal investigator who must assume
responsibility for selecting the appropriate panel to assess a
proposed study's risks.  The principal investigator himself is
certainly among those to assess the study's more scientific or
technical risks, in addition to its scientific merit; but other
experts also typically are invited to assess both the degree of
risk and the importance of the study.

     The second question dealt with the subject's motivation to
participate in a study.  Historically, one of the most important
thrusts in clinical research has been that the benefit of research
accrues to the subject.  Today, the research subject is frequently
less able to benefit directly from the research in which he is
involved.  Thus, whatever benefit the research subject gains is via
his membership in society.  Given these factors, what motivates an
individual to become a research subject?

     In large-scale studies, the question of personal benefit  usu-
ally is not raised between the research subject and the investiga-
tor.  Rather, the questions that are typically discussed deal  with
the issue of personal safety and whether certain people ought  to
be allowed to participate in certain studies.   Thus, the consent
mechanism looms large.
                                                                17

-------
     For example, on the one hand, consent forms should protect
subjects from poorly designed, unsafe experiments.  And on the other
hand, consent forms should ensure that the subject is well aware
of his or her involvement in the study.  Thus, from one subject's
perspective, the emphasis tends to be on protecting the study sub-
ject, rather than on assessing the personal benefits to be gained
from participating in a research study.

     A  final question focused on the dividing  line between social
utility  as  a justification for clinical research, and the  subject's
rights  to protection and  safety.  Discussants  agreed that  there  is
no  formal prescription with which to determine where this  imaginary
dividing line  lies.  It was noted, though,  that  some countries  em-
phasize the social  benefit to be  gained from  research using  human
subjects over  the  individual's rights.
  18

-------
Legal  Aspects of Using  Human  Subjects
in  Environmental Research

     Michael V. Mclntire, J.D.
     Santa Monica, California
     In this presentation, I will discuss the principles of law
that govern liability of one person to another when something goes
wrong, as those principles might apply to persons using human sub-
jects for environmental research.  At the outset, I must tell you
that there is no series of legal rules, no "do's and don'ts" for
you to take note of and follow so that you can live happily and
judgment-free ever after.  The legislatures of the state and fed-
eral governments have not addressed themselves to your legal prob-
lems concerned with using human subjects in environmental research,
nor have the appellate courts, as far as I know.  Your problems,
to use a hackneyed phrase, aren't exactly a household word.  They
are not problems that have excited the press or the public.  The
result of this absence of pre-established legal rules and guidelines
means that you are on a frontier of the law.  Like the pioneers who
pushed westward beyond the reach of the settled communities with
settled laws, your scientific endeavors have likewise moved you in-
to an area where the law has not yet reached.  So, I have this
warning for those who came with pencils poised to record a series
of rules which, if followed, will enable you to pursue your research
free of significant legal concerns: You are about to be disappointed!
Instead, my message to you is this: As regards the legal implica-
tions of your activities, you are going to have to adjust to the
fact that you will be living with a great deal of uncertainty for
many years to come*
                                                              19

-------
     When I say the law is uncertain, I don't mean it is nonexis-
tent.  It is not as though you are out in trackless/ weightless
space, starting from scratch.  The past, it is said, is the pro-
logue to the future.  The frontier communities were guided by
the  laws and the rules of the communities they left behind when they
drew up the new laws and rules that would shape their future.  So,
we too can get some understanding of the legal problems that  lie
before you by examining the  development of the law  in areas that
are  related to your own legal concerns.  What I propose  to  do is
review  some developments  of  the  law  in areas  that the  courts  and
 legislatures  would be  likely to  look to for  guidance.   In doing
 so,  I hope I  can help  you to understand how  and  why you,  as
 scientists, may become involved with the law and with lawyers.

 A RESEARCH SUBJECT IS INJURED—WHO'S RESPONSIBLE?

      Let's assume a hypothetical situation as the framework from
 which to discuss your legal rights and responsibilities  in the
 event that a human subject of your research  suffers injuries  dur-
 ing the course of, or as a result of  your experimentation.   A man
 in  his  late thirties volunteers to be a subject  in your  research
 program.  The man  is  interviewed carefully by your  staff.  He is
 told that he will  be  exposed to sulfur oxide gases in  the  air he
 breathes, and  that he will  be  asked to perform  certain physical
  activities,  during which certain bodily  functions  will be electri-
  cally monitored.   The volunteer is  told that the combination of
  sulfur oxides that he will be exposed to is 10  percent higher than
  the amount normally present in the ambient air in a highly pollut-
  ed urban area, say,  Gary, Indiana.

       The volunteer is told that the  effect of this amount of gas
  in the air on humans has not been studied,  and, as a result, the
  effect on the volunteer cannot be predicted.  The volunteer  is
  told that he is taking  a risk for the benefit of  scientific
  research.  He  indicates that he understands, and  is willing to do
   so.   The volunteer agrees  to  accept  $4.50 per hour  for  a  48-hour
   period,  during which he will  be exposed continuously to control-
   led amounts of sulfur  oxides.  When  the experiment has been under
   way for about 36 hours, the  volunteer becomes  violently ill and
   collapses.

        We've said that there is little law to tell us who is respon-
   sible for what in this precise situation.  But what lessons are
   taught by our historical review of  the law in related  fields?
   The first lesson is one that you don't have to be a lawyer  to
   understand and that is, the law is  a great Monday morning  quarter-
   back.  The absence  of  definitive  legal  guidelines  does not prevent
   the law from  second-guessing  your judgments.   In fact, hindsight
    20

-------
is one of the mainstays upon which the law is based.  So, lesson
number one is: "The absence of an existing legal standard does not
prevent you from being judged against a standard that has developed
after the fact."  A second general lesson is that, even if there
were some court decisions relating to your case, they would not
remove the uncertainty as to the legal consequences arising from
a specific situation.  Generalization is difficult because the
rights and responsibilities depend so much on the peculiar facts
of each case.  Furthermore, different courts may decide the same
issue in opposite ways.

     For example, in 1950, the New York Court of Appeals (which
is what New York calls its Supreme Court) held that the manufactur-
er of an onion-topping machine was not liable to a worker whose
fingers were cut off when his hands caught on the machine's revolv-
ina steel rollers.  Although the injury could have been prevented
by an inexpensive guard or a shut-off device within the operator's
reach, the Court ruled for the manufacturer and against the worker,
because the hazard was obvious.  The Court said that the manufactur-
er had no duty to protect the worker from obvious hazards.   How-
ever, in 1966, an Illinois Appellate Court held that a manufactur-
er was liable for injuries caused when the operator's hand and arm
were~drawn into the unguarded rollers of a corn-picking machine.
The Court said that the design of the machine,fwithout guards against
obvious hazards, was "unreasonably dangerous."

     In 1970  the California Supreme Court held a manufacturer of
an earth-moving machine liable for the death of a worker who was
run down by the machine because the machine's engine box prevented
the machine operator from seeing clearly, despite the fact that
the "blind spot" was obvious to the machine owner.  I suspect
that if the New York Court were now to decide the onion-topping
case, its decision would be in line with the decisions of the
cases in California and Illinois.  So, lesson number two is: "Court
decisions won't necessarily remove the legal uncertainty that sur-
rounds your actions."

THE LEGAL BASIS FOR LIABILITY

     I want to discuss some of the specific problems created in
our hypothetical situation, but before I do, I have another dis-
claimer.  I am going to talk about substantive issues, not the
procedural issues lawyers often raise to prevent the real issues
from ever getting decided.  For example, I am no£ going to discuss
the statutes of limitations, which enable a court to avoid deciding
the substantive issues because the lawsuit wasn't filed soon enough.
Nor will I discuss sovereign immunity—the rule that prevents some
governments from being sued without their consent.
                                                                 21

-------
     Returning to our hypothetical example, let's assume that the
equipment functioned perfectly, but the operator carelessly
allowed too high a concentration of sulfur dioxide to build up, or
that he failed to observe warning signals, or otherwise "goofed,"
and that the operator's negligence caused the volunteer's injury.
Under those assumed facts, the operator's employer and the opera-
tor are liable to the volunteer.  Liability is based on the con-
cept, as old as  American  jurisprudence, that a person is  respon-
sible for  his mistakes  that  cause injury  to others, if he knew,
or should  have known, that others might be injured.  This is  the
 so-called  "fault concept" which,  although under  fire,  is  strongly
 entrenched in American  law.

      Now,  let's  assume  that  the operator  was  alert and following
 instructions but because of  inadequate instruction,  he did not
 know that the readings  on the monitors measuring the volunteer's
 vital signs had exceeded safe limits.  Under the fault concept,
 the laboratory would probably be liable.   The laboratory was
 negligent in failing to properly instruct the operator.  So,
 under the fault concept, before the  laboratory  can be liable, the
 laboratory, or  its employee, must have been negligent, and the
 negligence had  to be a substantial contributing factor to the
  injury  suffered.

       However, the  fault concept  is not the only basis  for  the
  laboratory's liability. Another basis for  liability is  the con-
  cept that is often called  "strict liability"  or "liability with-
  out fault."  Let's assume  that the volunteer was injured because
  a monitoring device which would have warned the operator to reduce
  the supply of sulfur oxide gases did not operate properly.  Assume,
  for discussion, that there was no way that the  laboratory could
  have known about the defect in the  monitoring  device.   In this
   case, the laboratory  is probably liable to the volunteer, even
   though the  laboratory  is totally without fault.  The basis  for
   liability  is public policy.

   LIABILITY AS THE  CONSUMER'S SAFEGUARD

        In the last two  decades, the courts,  with the acquiescence
   of state legislatures, have been attempting to protect individuals
   from physical in3uries caused by the ever-increasing number of
   SSStf^uiS^ te?hr109iCal society.  The rules of strict
   liability, or liability without fault,  were developed  to protect
   consumers from goods that have a defect that  could cause injury.
   But these rules have been expanded rapidly into other  situations.
   For example,  xn most states, it is now law that a person who sells
   a defective product  that  is  unreasonably dangerous to  the  consumer
   is liable  for physical harm caused to  the ultimate user,  even
    22

-------
though the seller exercises all possible care in the manufacture
and sale of the product.  I strongly suspect that these principles
of law will be applied as well to determine the liability of an
environmental research laboratory to its volunteer human subjects.

     The trend of the law has been to extend the rules of strict
liability to allow recovery by persons who are not consumers or
users of a product, and also to hold liable persons who are not the
manufacturers or sellers of a product.  The California Supreme
Court allowed a person who was injured in a head-on collision with
another car, to recover from the manufacturer of the other car
whose defect caused the accident.  Similarly, the Michigan Supreme
Court allowed a bystander injured by an exploding shotgun shell to
recover from the ammunition manufacturer.

     On the other end, the courts have been allowing recovery against
persons who dispense commercial services, as well as against per-
sons who sell or manufacture a product.  An example is the designer
and constructor of a plant, who was held liable for injuries caused
by an explosion that resulted from an improper repair of a tube in
a heat exchanger manufactured by someone else.

     Whether the rules of strict liability apply to persons render-
ing "professional" services is still an open question, as is illus-
trated by three cases arising out of New Jersey in the three-year
period between 1967 and 1969.  In 1967, in a leading case, a New
Jersey Appellate Court held that the strict liability doctrine did
not apply to a dentist sued by a patient when a hypodermic needle
broke off in the patient's jaw.  The Court held that strict liabil-
ity principles do not apply to persons rendering "professional"
services.8 A year later, in 1968, a federal court applying New
Jersey law held that strict liability was not applicable to a company
that designed, engineered, and supervised the initial operations
of a chemical plant, when an employee died after inhaling lethal
dust generated by the plant's operation.  The Court characterized
the company's acts as "professional services," and on that basis,
held that strict liability did not extend to the company.

     Then, in 1969, the New Jersey Supreme Court held a beauty
parlor strictly liable for services that caused burns to the scalp
and hair of a patron of the shop.  Distinguishing the case of the
dentist decided just two years earlier, the Supreme Court said the
dentist was rendering "professional" services, while the beauty
shop was rendering "commercial" services.  In my opinion, this
purported distinction between "commercial" and "professional" ser-
vices is an illusory one that is difficult to justify.  I suspect
that in this age of consumerism, the case will soon come along
that will cause some court to inter that distinction in the legal
graveyard, along with other discredited legal fictions.

                                                                 23

-------
LIABILITY IN THE LABORATORY

     A strong argument can be made that the rules of strict  liabil-
ity should be extended to apply to an environmental testing  lab-
oratory.  The reasons the courts  give for  imposing liability on a
manufacturer or  seller of a  defective product  apply equally  as
well  to  the operator of  a laboratory conducting tests  using  human
 subjects.   Let's look  at the reasons for  imposing liability  with-
 out fault/  and then apply them to the  environmental  research lab-
 oratory .

      In a pioneer product liability case, the California Supreme
 Court held that a manufacturer of a power lathe was liable  for
 injuries caused to  the user of the machine because the machine's
 defectively designed set screws worked loose while the machine
 was  operating.  The Court said,  "The purpose of  such  liability is
 to insure  that  the  costs of  injuries resulting from defective prod-
 ucts are borne  by the manufacturers that  put  such products  on the
 market  rather  the  injured persons who  are powerless to protect
  themselves."1l

       Two years later,  the  Illinois  Supreme Court held the manufac-
  turer of a truck's brake  system liable for damages suffered by the
  occupants of a bus that collided with the truck when its brakes
  failed.  The Court thought that imposition of liability without
  fault was justified by the following arguments:

       •    Public interest in human life  and health call for
            the  utmost legal protection.

       •   The  manufacturer  who  solicits  and  invites  the use
            of  his  product,  by advertising and otherwise,
             should bear  the  loss  caused by such use.

        •    The loss caused by a defective product should
             be borne by those who created the risk and
             reaped  the profit from it.12

        Other reasons advanced in support  of the  rule  imposing liability
    without  fault on  the manufacturer or seller  of a defective product
    are:

         •    Liability is an incentive  to make safer products.

         •    The manufacturer and seller are in a better position
              to discover the defect than is the consumer.

         •    The manufacturer and seller can insure against the
    24

-------
           risk,  and recover the cost of insurance through
           the  price structure.

      On examination,  all of these reasons apply as well to the
 environmental  research laboratory that injures its human subject,
 as  they do to  the  manufacturer  of a product that injures a user*
 The human subject  is  generally  powerless to prevent an injury sus-
 tained in a laboratory.   The laboratory solicited the subject and
 invited him to engage in the activity that caused the injury.  The
 laboratory, not  the volunteer,  profits from the activity that
 caused the injury.  The  laboratory, not the volunteer,  profits
 from the activity.  The  laboratory is in a superior position to
 discover the defects  in  the system and to insure against them.
 And the rule imposing liability on the laboratory will  promote
 safety-consciousness  and safer  experiments.

      Thus,  a strong argument can be made that  the liability rules
 that govern manufacturers and sellers of products in the market-
 place should apply to research  laboratories whose research involves
 human subjects.  That being so,  it seems appropriate to explain
 what is meant  by strict  liability,  or liability without fault.

 THE OBVIOUS HAZARD: WHO'S TAKING THE RISK?

      Liability without fault does not mean  that liability arises
 every time  an  injury  occurs.  For liability to arise, the injury
 must have been caused by a "defect"  and the  concept of  "defect" is
 a complex legal  issue.   In general,  a product  is said to be defec-
 tive if it  fails to meet the reasonable expectations of the consumer.
 Thus,  the law  does  not impose liability when a consumer is injured
 by  ordinary risks  that can be expected.   For example, a restaurant
 was not liable to  a native New  Englander for injuries caused by a
 small fish  bone  in  a  bowl of chowder.1'  Similarly,  a shoe manu-
 facturer was not liable  to a customer who, while wearing the manu-
 facturer's  shoe, slipped on a wet floor in  a laundromat,  because
 consumers know that shoes tend  to become slippery when  wet.1*
 However,  the fact  that a danger  is  obvious  does not necessarily pre-
 vent the imposition of liability.   A South  Carolina court held a
 seller  liable  for  injuries caused to a child whose hand came in
 contact with the unguarded blade of  a power  mower,  even though
 the danger  was obvious.1*The  Illinois case  that I mentioned ear-
 lier,  involving  the unguarded cornpicker, is another example of an
 obvious  hazard still  subject  to  liability.

      Thus,  there is no clear  rule  for determining when  liability
may be  imposed in situations  where  the harm was caused  by an obvi-
 ous  risk.   The test seems  to  be  whether  the  risk,  or danger,  was
unreasonable,  considering  the seriousness of the harm,  the chances
                                                                 25

-------
of its occurrence, and the ease with which it could have been pre-
vented.  For example, a railroad may have no legal duty, and there-
fore, no liability to install crossing gates on a little used coun-
try road that crosses a single railroad track carrying three trains
daily.  The risk of  an accident is slim because there are few cars
and few trains.  But the risk of an accident may be  "unreasonable"
if the road is a highway, heavily travelled by high-speed automobile
traffic, and the gate could be installed relatively  inexpensively.

      So, in our hypothetical example, the human subject knows that
he is taking some risks.  Therefore, the laboratory  would probably
not be liable  for a temporary  asthmatic condition,  or for minor
 skin irritation, or for a sore throat caused by the experiments.
 These risks  seem to be the  kinds  of risks a subject should  expect.
 However,  if  the injury was  permanent, i.e., lung damage, heart
 damage, or even death,  the laboratory may well be liable because
 the risk of permanent health damage would probably be judged to be
 an "unreasonable risk."..

 HOW MUCH RISK DOES  THE SUBJECT ASSUME?

       Related to this problem of strict liability is the issue  of
   assumption of risk," which is often raised  as  a defense to liabil-
  ity.  The rule is  that a person who voluntarily and unreasonably
  proceeds to encounter  a known danger cannot  hold another liable  for
  the  injuries he suffered as a result of his  actions.  "Assumption
  of risk" means that the  injured  party knew of the  defect creating
  the danger, and appreciated the  significance" of the danger to  which
  he was exposed.


  «„.* ^°nSiderl for e***Ple,  the case of the appliance  repairman who
  sued the manufacturer of a pressure bottle that exploded,  injuring
  the repairman.  Despite the warning imprinted on the bottle, which

                                iss ^rr  -rit-r SSL

   the  risk   Tne !«„       £ t0 Pr°Te that <*• "P'lrman assumed
                                                          e££or°
                                           0
   in the refilled container.       <"****•"
-------
experiment.  But the same low payment also supports the volunteer's
argument that he did not intend to subject himself to the kind of
serious risks that injured him.  Who among us would voluntarily risk
permanent health damage for $4.50 an hour?

     Assumption of risk in products liability cases is tough to
prove.  I think that in the research situation, assumption of risk
will be almost impossible to prove.  A laboratory that injures a
human subject while doing research on that subject to learn the
extent of the danger of a substance will have some difficulty con-
vincing a jury that the subject knew, understood, and voluntarily
accepted that danger.

     There is one other aspect of the law that should interest you.
If the defect that caused the harm was a defect in machinery that
the laboratory purchased elsewhere, then the laboratory can proba-
bly recoup the money it must pay the injured volunteer from the
manufacturer and the seller of the defective equipment.

     In summary, then, a laboratory is liable for the injuries suf-
fered by a human research subject if the injury is caused by the
negligence of a laboratory's employees.  Furthermore, the labora-
tory is probably liable, even in the absence of negligence, if the
injury was caused by a defect in the laboratory system, or in its
operation.  How can you avoid this liability?  The answer is, you
can't.  You must learn to live with it.  In the long run, the best
defense is to keep the safety of your human subject uppermost in
your concern.  Fully disclose the risks as you see them, do your
best, and buy a good insurance policy.
                                                                 27

-------
REFERENCES
 1.  Campo vs. Scofield (1950) 301 N.Y. 468, 95 N.E. 2nd, 802.


 2'  Wright vs. Massey-Harris, Inc. (1966) 68, Illinois  Appeals
     2nd 70,  215 N.E. 2nd, 465.


 3-  Pike vs. Frank G. Hough  Company  (1970)  2 Cal.  3rd 465,  467
     Pacific  2nd 229.


 4.  Restatement 2d,  Torts, Sec.  402A.


  5>   Elmore vs.  American  Motors  Corp. (1969) 70  Cal. 2d 578, 451
      P2 84 •


  6>  piercefield vs.  Remington Arms Corn. (1965) 375 Mich. 85,  133
      N.W. 2d 129.
  7>  yexas Metal Fabricating Co. vs. Northern Gas Products Corp.
       (Kan., 10th Cir. 1968) 404 Fed 2921.
   8-  Maqrine vs. Krasnira  (1967) 94 N.J. Super.  228,  227  A.2d 539,

                *°m **aqrine vs- apaetor  (1968)  100  N.J.  Super 223,
              o37»
  u-
                                        .  (3a Cir 1968)  402
                                                              ,  210
   14.
                           (X967)
                                                       256 S.C. 490.
    28

-------
     Discussion Summary
     Participants considered a situation in which neither the  in-
vestigator nor the subject was aware of the subject's hypersensi-
tivity to a given substance, and subsequently,  the subject collapsed
in the middle of the experiment.  Who would be  held liable in  this
case?  This question is one that has not yet really been answered.
Some state supreme courts have held that if there was no way that
the subject's hypersensitivity could have been  predicted,  the  lab-
oratory cannot be held liable.

     However, other courts, based on the information that one  per-
cent of the U.S. population is hypersensitive,  held that the experi-
menters should have issued some sort of warning to the subject prior
to the experiment, and thus, they may be held liable.

     If the situation is such that the subject  would not have  been
injured had he not participated in the experiment, the laboratory
will probably be held liable.

     Participants questioned whether review board members have ever
been held liable for quoting a subject's test data.   In general, re-
view boards are not held liable in this situation unless the review
board itself is the entity conducting the experiment, as sometimes
happens•

     Other discussion focused on the extent to  which a funding agen-
cy can be held liable for a subject's injury.  Is a funding agen-
cy  e.g., the EPA, responsible if a subject in  one of its funded
experiments is injured?  A funding agency can be sued, but whether
the case will be won depends on the extent to which the funding
agency was involved in the experiment.  A number of cases in other
areas of liability have exonerated funding institutions from liabil-
ity.  For example, in the case where a bridge contracted by the
                                                                29

-------
Federal Department of Transportation collapsed, the Department was
not held liable because it had little to do with the construction
of the bridge, aside from a review of its size and location.

     In a case where equipment furnished by the federal government
to the grantee is the cause of injury, the government could  easily
be held liable,  assuming the government agrees to be sued.   In  a
case in New York, a  sailor was injured by an aircraft carrier cata-
pult constructed by  a contractor  to  the U.S. Navy.  When  the sailor
attempted to sue the federal government, the Department of  Defense
claimed sovereign immunity.

       Although the  court backed  the  Department's  decision not to
 be sued,  it felt that  the sailor should be able to recover damages
 from somebody.  So,  even though  there was  no proven defect in the
 catapult, the manufacturer was held liable because it was the only
 source with money enough to pay damages.  This is called the "deep
 pocket" theory; that is, the court recovers damages from the party
 with money  enough to pay for the damages.

      A final discussion was concerned with whether a laboratory
 can be held liable  for long-term adverse effects suffered by re-
 search subjects.  Whether a laboratory is found  liable depends on
 the  severity of the experiment's aftereffect,  and whether  the  sub-
  ject  was fully  aware of  all the  risks to which he would  be exposed.
  If  the long-term effect  is not  serious, chances  are  that the labo-
  ratory W111 not be  held liable  because  the  subject  knew  he was ex-
  posing himself to  some element  of  risk.   However,  if a subject suf-
  fers serzous consequences as  a  result of  an experiment,  the labo-
  ratory may be held responsible.
  the  lonrt^16^' ^ ChanC6S °f a lab°^tory being held liable  for
  of time b~r   !!°
-------
 Informed  Consent—Its Function and
 Limitations
      Charles E. Daye, J.D.
      School of Law
      University of North Carolina
     Space limitations make it impossible to  fully discuss all the
potential ramifications of the issue of informed consent as it re-
lates, or might relate, to environmental research.  In truth,  I
feel an even more distinct limitation in that I do not have a  full
or detailed understanding of the kinds of research being conducted.
Accordingly, I had to make certain assumptions.

ASSUMPTIONS AND CAUTIONARY NOTES

General Assumptions

     I understand that certain tests or experiments, which have to
do with the effects on human beings of certain kinds of environmental
conditions, are conducted under clinical and  controlled conditions.
For example, I understand that individuals participating in your
research might be exposed to various levels of carbon monoxide in
order to determine certain human responses or responses of the human
body to such exposure.  I fully understand that this is only an
example of the kind of research that is being conducted, but that
it is, in a general way, reasonably representative of the kinds of
research being done.

     In addition,  I made certain assumptions about why the medical
profession is concerned about the question of informed consent.
                                                              31

-------
In general,  my assumption is  that the informed consent question  is
important because of the ethical considerations that environmental
research might raise.  However,  I make no pretense  in that  direction
and I will leave these issues to those more  qualified to  speak on
the subject of ethics.  I do  assume that this research  is perform-
ing a valuable service for society  and that  researchers are inter-
ested in continuing research  without incurring the  societal dis-
approval that might come about if  individuals participated  without
having  granted their informed consent.   I  further assume  that doc-
tors are interested in the basic legal  principles regarding informed
consent so  that  they may avoid, as nearly  as possible,  exposure to
legal  liability  for money damages to research participants.  Addi-
tionally,  I assume that  to the extent that legal principles may be
unclear so  that  one  cannot advise absolutely how to avoid exposure
 to liability,  that  doctors nevertheless wish to have pointed up the
 best ways  to avoid  any  potential liability.

      Even with these assumptions,  I think it would be improper  and
 unwise for me to offer  "legal advice" in its true  sense  about any
 specific procedures or  problems that have been or  may be encountered
         °meal    ^^   First'  * *> not consider myself  an
»exDer»n
search    ?  ^     DeCt °f informed consent in the scientific re-
anv na ?  T    ^^^ ™ * haVe ind"^ed, I have not evaluated
any particular areas of research nor any methods employed to secure
have a £T  !  ^formed consent.  My perspective, then, is that I
can Jlir T  Acquaintance with the legal doctrine, if we can
            L   lnf°rmed  con^nt in general.  I emphasize that I
                      C
  do not  orono                           nera.   I empasze tat
  Sms  but w?it T    C Solutions to «y ^nds of particular prob-
  S'ma'v «iii  russ general issues' &<*****. ™* prints as
  ular  ^at  mv r    ^""mental research.  I emphasize, in partic-
  suSs^te  fL  T^-f °Uld n0t ln any way be d^emed ^ adequate
  by legal coun« t    ^** ^^^ °f the informed ^sent problems
  by legal counsel  employed for that express purpose.
  Some Further Cautj™.arv Notea
 in thpaculacon           ^   ^^ d°ctrine did not ariS
 trine a^in^conSxt^f9^^            r— h'  «» ^°
 most particularly,  the relations^  ^   Profession and involved,
 The context out of  whLJ III T J ? ^tW66n a doctor and his Patie
 cations for our analysis.    doctrine developed has certain impli-

      First, since the doctrine  aY-r,«,a  ^  ^
 patient relationship, generallv ^h      u^   context of the doctor-
 procedures.  For our twraoaa*   Jr  Problem concerned therapeutic
 as those procedures concerned' with^r^10 procedures ^ be  defined
 for                                  "^ attemts               medi
                           oaa*
   as those  procedures concerned' with^r^10 procedures ^ be defined
   for perceived ills of a doctoJ     l"^ attemPts to provide remedies
                             tor S Patient.  The doctor-patient
   32

-------
relationship has traditionally been one which we lawyers speak of
as "fiduciary."  That word is simply a fancy way of saying that a
patient places a trust and a faith in his doctor.

     Second, the doctor-patient relationship, in a therapeutic con-
text, may permit a doctor certain kinds of latitude that may not
be available to a scientist/researcher conducting research in a
nontherapeutic context.  I refer specifically to a doctor's "thera-
peutic privilege" which might permit the doctor to withhold certain
kinds of information from the patient in certain kinds of situations.
For example, a doctor is not required to disclose a risk to a pa-
tient when disclosure of the risk to the patient would be contrain-
dicated in light of the patient's medical condition.  For the pur-
poses of this paper, I have assumed that a scientist/researcher
would not have such a privilege.

     The third consequence of the nontherapeutic situation relates
to the fact that persons participating in nontherapeutic research
do not have an expectation of a cure or other remedy to some per-
ceived medical ill as an inducement to participate in research nor
as a justification for his participation.  Accordingly, I have
assumed that in a nontherapeutic context, the inducement to a per-
son to participate in research is some reason other than an expec-
tation of a direct, personal, medical benefit.  This may have cer-
tain consequences when we speak in terms of factors that might in-
duce one to participate in an experiment.  This, in turn, may bear
on issues such as voluntariness and free choice.

     Also  in the therapeutic situations there are various kinds of
exceptions to a physician's or medical person's duty to fully dis-
close relevant information, for example, in the treatment of mental-
ly incompetent persons, insane persons, persons under the influence
of drugs, persons subject to a "medical emergency," and the like.
Additionally, legal issues may be raised if participants are chil-
dren or minors.  Since these are specialized issues I have omitted
them from my discussion.

     To recapitulate, I have made the following assumptions:

     1   that environmental research is nontherapeutic research in
     which no benefit to a participant in the research in the form
     of a direct medical remedy is expected,

     2   that this environmental research is directed toward the
     pursuit of important societal objectives, but that these are
     benefits that would flow only indirectly to a research
     participant, and
                                                                 33

-------
     3.  that research subjects are in all respects legally
     competent to grant consent, i.e., persons of sound mind
     who are of sufficient age to personally grant consent.

     Finally, I must caution that the law of informed consent
that I shall discuss is not uniform in all particulars.  It  is
not uniform because it is being developed simultaneously in  50
different states by state courts applying what we  lawyers  call
the  "common  law," and  in several instances, by state  legislatures.
Thus, to speak  of "the law" of informed  consent  is inaccurate.
Nevertheless,  there are certain general  principles to which we
can  refer with fair accuracy  for our  purposes.   But complete
accuracy would require analysis of the cases  and laws of the
 states  where the research is  conducted.

 HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVES ON THE CONSENT ISSUE

      With these assumptions and cautions in view, let us  now turn
 to  certain historical perspectives on the consent question,  since
 this may "inform" our consideration  of  its application  in modern
 contexts,  such as the scientific  research context.

      No doubt, the foundation from which we  derive our  current doc-
  trine  of informed consent  can be  traced rather  directly to the law's
  very early recognition that  "every human being  of adult years and
  sound  mind has a right to  determine  what shall  be done with his  own
  body."  This statement,  which is  general in the  law, recognizes  the
  human being's right to self-determination and personal autonomy.

       Accordingly, it was very early in its development that the law
  recogmzed that any interference with personal integrity or with
  the   inviolability" of a person's body  is a violation  that the law
  is prepared to remedy by assessing  damages.  As  a corollary of this
  right, there  naturally had  to be developed  a doctrine  stating that
  it a  person consented to  an invasion of his personal integrity,
        otherwise would constitute a  legal wrong,  the very existence
        it CnnR^t precluded the invasion from being wrongful.  As
   off,™  <-     ,wewcan quickly see that a punch in the nose is an
   offense  to one's  bodily dignity  if  it occurs between strangers  on
   l*ll III C°rne^.  c°nversely, we can quickly recognize  that precisely
   i-Jlcl t. SclIuG PUTlCn in t" n*»  nnea T*V,M.H.JJ-J_I    -                 .   j^y«
   ma* v, j                     when it takes place in a  lawful boxing
   It was nrS n°tiexp°se the *ers°n doing the punching to  liability
   inteari?v t^t Y  ^ f^" C°nCept °f **™°™1  ^^  and  ^^
   knowiJ     «lII ^^      t0 d d°ctrine in  the iaw of  torts that  is
   "assault"}   T!rY..J°ruS?metimeS inaccurately referred  to as
   •Mrt«=,i +.   vi     black letter"  definition of battery is "any
        **• tovic ri.ii\cr of  3 v^rt^v^A *• T »v* 4  v». j  i
   sonable	 -              °    harmful,  or offensive to
    34

-------
     The  ingenuity  of  human  beings  to  vary  their  conduct  naturally
required  further  development of  this legal  doctrine.   For example,
consider  the  case of a person who went to the  hospital for a  check-
up, who was approached by  a  doctor, placed  under  anesthesia,  and
then operated on.   For example,  let us say  that the person's  appen-
dix was removed.  Now  clearly this  is  distinguishable  from a  punch
in the nose between strangers on a  street corner.  But is it  never-
theless an invasion of the person's bodily  integrity if the person
was not in the hospital  for  the  purpose of  having his  appendix  re-
moved and had authorized no  one  to  undertake such a procedure?   The
problem is that the doctor in question was  not actuated by any  evil
intent or desire  to do harm.  That, however, was  not essential.
The courts had no trouble  finding that the  operation in those cir-
cumstances was an invasion of the person's  bodily dignity,  because
the "invasion" occurred  without  the consent of the person on  whom
the operation was performed.  That  person could sue the doctor  in
a torts action for  battery.   In  other  words, because the  touching
was not consented to and because in the absence of consent it was
wrongful, it  exposed the one  who did the touching to liability.

     Similarly, we  can imagine instances in which a man represented
himself to a  woman  as  "a doctor," secured her  consent  to  a physical
examination,  and  proceeded to perform  that  examination.   The  woman
subsequently  discovered  that  his statement  that he was a  doctor  was
true, but that in fact he  was a  Ph.D.  and not  an  M.D.   When this
situation arose,  the courts  had  little trouble in finding that,
of course, consent  to  the  touching  had been granted, but  that it
had been  granted  pursuant  to  fraud  or  misrepresentation and was
completely ineffective.  Naturally, that would lead to the liability.
It may be instructive  to point out, based on the  preceding hypothe-
tical^  that  it is  immaterial whether  the patient operated on in
fact needed his appendix removed or whether the doctor who removed
the appendix  had  done  so with every degree  of  skill and care.
Similarly, it is  irrelevant whether the Ph.D.  knew how to conduct a
physical  examination and did  so  with every  possible skill.  The
nonconsensual removal  of a bodily organ, even  diseased, would vio-
late the  very principle  that  without consent the  touching was un-
authorized, and without  any  consent to the  touching, it was unlawful.
So too would  the  physical  examination  be considered wrongful  where
the consent had been obtained under false pretenses.

     Over the years, other situations  developed.   The  classic case,
perhaps,  is that  of a  woman who  went to the hospital and  consented
to an operation on  her left ear.  When placed  under anesthesia for
that purpose, the physician discovered that her right  ear needed
the operation more  than  her left, and  proceeded to ignore the left
ear and operatfon  the right  ear.  Without  any allegation that the
operation was not performed skillfully in every respect,  the
                                                                 35

-------
plaintiff sued the doctor and contended that he had no consent to
operate on her right ear.  The court agreed.  It held that the
operation on the right ear was indeed an unlawful invasion of the
plaintiff ' s body , and was a battery because it was done without
the plaintiff's  consent.  The question naturally could not be
avoided whether  indeed the plaintiff had not consented to an opera-
tion  of the  precise  character as  the one performed,  except on  another
part  of her  body.   It could be  suggested that  the plaintiff  had
 given consent to an operation,  which was true.   The  consent,  how-
 ever, was limited to an  operation on the left  ear.   Out  of  this we
 derived the legal principle  that consent may be granted but that
 the consent must not be  exceeded.

      Then cases arose in which, for example, a patient had consent-
 ed to  an "exploratory operation," and that in the course of the
 operation the doctor removed a diseased organ.  Having consented  to
 the  "exploratory operation," the issue naturally arose as to whether
 the  plaintiff also  had  not consented to the removal of the  diseased
 organ.  The doctor  thought "exploratory" meant  "if  you find a disease
  do what in  your medical judgment seems indicated."  The plaintiff
  thought "exploratory" had its  common meaning  of "look and  see."
  Since patients  are medically untrained, the courts  came  to the posi-
  tion that it was  up to  the  doctor to make  sure the  patient under-
  stood what was  meant if the terms used had meanings other than those
  that untrained lay persons  ordinarily  would accord to them. In many
  cases, except those in which life or  serious consequences might  be
  threatened by failure to remove the organ discovered to be diseased,
  the courts did not hesitate to find that the removal of the organ
  without the patient's consent did indeed violate the principle that
  every person had a right to determine his bodily integrity.   Gener-
  ally  speaking, the courts that  looked at the problem in its  early
  stages considered  this  matter to be a battery.

        Then a series of  cases arose in which the patient  consented to
   a medical procedure, and that procedure was  carried out with skill
   and competence,  but,  for example, the incision did not heal, some
   S^ r9^3 ^^ dUring the 'Potion, or the patient con-
   tracted a disease as a result of the operation.  The courts had
   some trouble with this problem in that the patient had consented
   resulL thatSb0?h°^dUre undertaken<  ^ * had not produced  the
   wnile each            Pftti
-------
he was aware, vitiated the  consent  granted by  the patient.   Upon
holding that the consent was not effective,  it followed that a
battery had occurred.

     Beginning around 1960, however,  courts  began to  recognize
that the problem did not really involve an invasion of  the bodily
integrity without consent.  Nevertheless, they were mindful  of  the
notion that originally gave rise to tort of  battery—that an
individual ought to be able to exercise self-determination with
respect to his own body.  Accordingly, the view began to be  devel-
oped that the real problem was not  the absence of consent but that
that consent had been granted upon  inadequate  or insufficient in-
formation about the risks or potential complications  of  the  treat-
ment.  The courts found implicitly  in these  situations  that  the
patients had relied on their doctors  for information  and the doctors
had failed to provide enough information.  In  this light, the prob-
lem did not look like battery, which  we saw  earlier as  a punch  in
the nose between strangers on a street corner,  but more  like a  prob-
lem arising out of the nature of the  relationship between the doctor
and the patient.

     When the doctor failed in that relationship, in  areas not
involving an absence of consent, the  failure was treated as  "mal-
practice."  Malpractice was in another branch  of the  tort law called
"negligence."  This treatment of the  problem had certain legal  con-
sequences which I will omit since they are not directly  germane to
our discussion.  Suffice it to say  that the  courts began to  impose
on doctors a duty, premised on their  relationship to  the patients,
to inform patients of all the material information that  would be
necessary to enable patients to make  an informed judgment as to
whether or not to undergo a medical procedure.  While- not every
court would articulate the analysis this way,  in general, we may say
that courts understood that the physician was  an expert  and  the
patient was not, that patients continued to  have an exclusive right
to exercise control over their own  bodies, that consent  premised
on inadequate information was not fully informed, and that the
patient was in complete dependence  upon, and must trust  in,  the
physician to provide information necessary to  an intelligent and
informed decision.

     Based on these considerations, one of the leading cases on
the subject decided that the law should impose a requirement upon a
physician to present to his patient all information relevant to a
meaningful decisional process.  Of  course, the physician, by reason
of his training and experience, could make an  evaluation satisfactory
to himself or herself.  But the court's judgment was  that the deci-
sion was not the physician's to make.  It was  the patient's!
                                                                 37

-------
     It was in this context that the failure to disclose relevant
information was treated as a malpractice problem, that is, a
breach of a physician's duty to his patient.

DEVELOPMENT OF THE INFORMED CONSENT ISSUES

General  Statement of the Doctrine

      A general statement of  the  doctrine that  has  come  to be known
 as "informed consent"  may  be attempted.  The informed consent doc-
 trine provides that  a  doctor must  provide  a patient with sufficient
 information to enable  that patient to make an  informed and intelli-
 gent choice as to whether to undergo a particular medical procedure.
 When necessary to an informed and intelligent  choice the information
 provided, generally speaking, must include the nature and magnitude
 of the  direct risks attendant to the procedure, the methods  and
 likely  results of the procedure, the alternatives, if any,  to  the
 procedure contemplated, and the nature and magnitude of  any collat-
 eral risks associated with the procedure.  Failure to provide  such
 information  will make the doctor  subject  to liability  if a  risk
 which was not disclosed,  but which  could  have been disclosed,  results
  in harm to  the patient, if  the  risk were  such that if  disclosed the
  patient would not have consented  to the procedure.

  Elements of the  Doctrine

       Having once made a general statement such as that  above, it
  nevertheless becomes necessary to identify the precise  parts  or
  elements involved in the general statement and then we  must attempt
  to  apply those elements in the context of scientific research.

        Upon analysis, we will notice  that  the  doctrine  requires (1)
   that certain information be provided, (2) that the  person  granting
   the consent have an  ability to understand and appreciate the nature
   of the information provided,  and (3)  that a  willingness to undergo
   the procedure be voluntarily  expressed.   Accordingly, we may speak
   of the elements as "information providing,"  »use of information,"
   and "voluntariness"  of  consent.

         With respect to information providing,  in the context of medi-
   cal research, it would appear clear that information  regarding  the
   procedure  and methods of the research must  be provided.   But that  I*
           4,   doctrine  of ^formed consent  relates particularly to
                                 ab°Ut the  known ri**s  to which one may
        4,
bfexoo^dT °f in!f mati°n ab°Ut the known ri**s to which one m
be exposed upon participating in the research.  Any known risk of
              ™      Y **** BU8t be Pro^d   robabl  in every
    instance              Y  *** BU8t  be  Pro^d,  Probably in every
    38

-------
     However, it appears that more information  needs to be provided.
Probably every potential adverse consequence  of significance  ought
to be disclosed.  However, in the context of  environmental research,
it is precisely the purpose of the research to  identify risks that
may be involved in a particular kind of environmental  exposure.
Thus, it seems that a clear and positive statement  should be  made
of the extent to which risks of the research  are unknown, together
with a statement of the researcher's best judgment  as  to the  nature
of such unknown risks, as well as the magnitude of  the possibility
of any of the unknown risks coming to fruition.  It clearly seems
possible that scientific research may be involved with risks  that
are unknown and that, in the exercise of ordinary care on the part
of the researcher, cannot be known.  Thus it  seems  very likely
that a failure to inform any participant in such research that there
may be risks that are unknown would constitute  a failure to provide
adequate information.

     The second element dealing with the subject's  ability to use
the information provided relates simply to making the  information
available in a form that is understandable and  comprehensible to
the subject participating in the research.  For example, if the
subjects are lay persons, the use of scientific terms  that might
not be understandable ought to be avoided, or if not avoided,
scientific terms ought to be defined in lay language.  For example,
there is a case involving a doctor who informed his patient that
he wanted to do certain kinds of exploratory  surgery for cancer of
the breast.  At the hospital the patient was  given  a standard form
which indicated the procedure to be a mastectomy.   The patient,
remembering the doctor's description of exploratory surgery and not
understanding the definition of mastectomy, signed  the form.   Dur-
ing the operation the doctor discovered that  indeed the breast was
cancerous and removed it.  The court held that  the  doctor could not
rely on the patient's signing of the standard form  of  consent, not-
withstanding its use of the term mastectomy,  because the patient
had no understanding of that particular term.   It went on to  hold,
therefore, that her consent was not an informed consent.

     This is instructive in two respects.  First, as indicated, the
information must be provided in a form that is  usable  in light of
the researcher's knowledge of the subject's education, training,
language limitations, and similar factors.  Second, the mere  signing
of a form will not necessarily protect the doctor,  although the form
itself in all respects may be adequate.  This may be because  the
subject does not understand the terms in the  form,  or  perhaps,
because the subject did not properly or attentively study the form.
In such a case, a serious question will be raised as to whether
the consent granted was informed, notwithstanding that the subject
signed a standard form of consent.
                                                                 39

-------
     At this point I would emphasize that a form is a limited device.
Generally speaking, a form is nothing more than a memorial of the
meeting of the minds of the researcher and the subject.  It is no
substitute for the direct, personal provision of information.  This
does not mean that signed forms are not important.  They are.  They
may be evidence of the information provided as well as the consent
granted.  They should not, however, in all cases, be treated  as  a
substitute  for a  more effective method of providing information.

      The third element of  the  doctrine of  informed consent relates
 to voluntariness.  Voluntariness  connotes,  of  course,  a free-willed
 determination,  on the part of  the subject,  to  participate in the
 research.  Naturally,  coerced consent would not be effective.  Coer-
 cion, of course,  would exist in the case of a person who simply
 overpowered a person's free-willed exercise of determination by
 threats or force.  But coercion may come about in many, many other
 ways.  However,  the greatest concern ordinarily in a research con-
 text would not be about direct coercion, but about, what  I shall
 call, "coercion  in the circumstances."  This relates  to who  the par-
 ticipant is and  the circumstances  that  surround a  granting  of  consent.

       Some  studies have investigated why people agree  to be research
  subjects.   In the case of doctor-patient relationships,  in a thera-
  peutic context,  participation may come  about because of the trust
  and confidence  the patient has in the doctor.   I have assumed no
  such motivation would exist on the part of the participants in envi-
  ronmental research.  I have assumed that these participants may  be
  public spirited persons, needy persons, or persons who for  some  other
  reason are influenced to become subjects.  I imagine that the  induce-
  ment to participate in environmental research is probably monetary.
  While  I think significant problems  of  voluntariness  are  not likely,
   researchers might want to keep- in mind the nature of any inducement
   they hold out in light of the circumstances  of  the  persons who might
   choose to participate,   it  is not inconceivable,  although I think
   the possibility is remote,  that the voluntariness of a consent might
   be questioned if subjects are persons  who are in such dire financial
   needs that the exercise of free will may be precluded by the very
   circumstance of their need.

   Application of the Doctrine in Research Situations

         As  I interpret the informed consent doctrine in the  context of
   environmental  research  my advice would be that  researchers provide
   their subjects with  "all the information a  reasonable person would
   want  and need  to know  in order to make an  intelligent and understand-
    ing determination of whether to participate as a .subject or not."

         Who is  a "reasonable person"?  while that inquiry seems simple.
    40

-------
 its explication is somewhat.more difficult.  For the purposes of
 environmental research,  I would think there is a soundness in the
 assumption that a "reasonable person" is a person of ordinary intel-
 ligence,  who possesses all the data that ordinary persons in the
 community possess.  If you are dealing with other kinds of persons,
 the problem would become more significant.  The concept of the
 reasonable person has a  direct relevance to the first element of
 the doctrine of informed consent dealing with information providing.
 It  is probably sound to  suggest that information need not be provid-
 ed  about  things that a person in the community who has a sound mind,
 ordinary  intelligence, and the average capacity for understanding
 would already know.   I am not sufficiently knowledgeable about
 environmental research to know the exact implications of that state-
 ment.   I  would stress, however,  that researchers should provide any
 information that a person of  ordinary intelligence and common under-
 standing  in the community would be unaware of.   I would generally
 include in this any  risks of  the research, the  procedures,  the meth-
 ods,  and  any other information about the research that would be use-
 ful to a  subject in  determining whether to participate in a research
 project.

      In connection with  the precise content and detail of the infor-
 mation that needs to be  provided,  the courts have formulated a doc-
 trine  that all "material" information should be disclosed.   What is
 "material"  information?   In an oversimplified way,  it is any infor-
 mation that the reasonable person  would consider important  and want
 to  evaluate in making a  determination whether to become  a subject
 in  your research.  For example,  I  think a  court would be likely to
 hold that the  possibility of  a risk arising,  a  risk as low  as one
 percent,  if that risk would expose a person to  death or  serious bod-
 ily injury,  is a "material" risk that ought to  be disclosed.   When
 the risk  is one that does not involve a risk of death or serious
 bodily injury,  the question is somewhat less clear.   However,  anjj
 risk that is known and would  be  significant should  be disclosed,
 even if the  risk is  one  that  threatens only short-term discomfort of
 even a nonserious  nature.  I  have  already  indicated that the  very
 fact that certain  risks  may be unknown  is  itself  a  risk  that  ought
 to  be  disclosed.

     I  think most  courts would apply  the standard that a  risk,  to
 be material, has to  be a risk that would be material  to  a reason-
 able person.   In thoroughness, however,  I  should  mention  that  some
 courts might hold that it is  not a risk that would  be material  to a
 reasonable person, but a risk that would be material  to  the person
 undergoing  the  participation  in  the experiment.   There is, of  course,
a problem here  in that after  a risk has come to fruition  and  injured
 a participant,  that participant  has every  incentive to say that if
the risk  had been known, he would  not have participated  in the
research.

                                                                 41

-------
     In the medically therapeutic treatment context, there is a
division of authority as to whether the standards that govern what
information should be disclosed is a standard to be determined by
the court as a matter of law, or a standard that is determined by
what the medical profession would regard as the professional stan-
dard for disclosure.  The way the problem practically arises is as
follows:  Let us assume that in a research procedure a certain risk
was not disclosed.  The plaintiff would claim that the risk was a
material risk.  The researcher would counter that it is not the
practice in the research profession to disclose such a risk.  The
question then is whether the standards of the profession should
control what disclosure should be made or whether the court, as an
independent matter, will determine what information should be dis-
closed.

      In my judgment, the sounder and safer alternative for a re-
searcher is to  disclose all  information that would  be material  to
a reasonable person.  By disclosing all the information that the
researcher reasonably can  disclose, the researcher  avoids the
possibility of  failing to  disclose something even competent  re-
searchers  would not generally disclose, but which later might  be
determined by a court to have been something that should  have  been
disclosed.                                        -
 thA  U1^mateiY'  ifc aPPears that there are three resolutions to
 the problem of what should be disclosed.   There may exist an ethi-
 leaal 1  'f dl*clos^'  a practical limit of disclosure, and a
 reauLeT  f ^closure.  Presumably, the ethical ideal would
 to mak! dlSC"°Te °f everythin<>-  ^ may be practically impossible
 bably re^tedef  ^^^ *~ »»y reasons, one of which L Pro-
 cSsure   SStS   ^ researcher's time and capacity for making dis-
 i» the iea^          ^*imum that c^ld practically be disclosed
 would be mv JvJ^Vlthat mUSt be Closed is undetermined.  It
                    '
                    * r6Searcher ou^ to strive to provide as much
                   PraCtlca11* Possible in view of all the circum-
                                               -t.r-in.tion
                               t
 have done    the cir"6 ^—^ ""asonably could
  result            ywm
  there has been a failure ^7 "°W assume that in a particular  case
  son would regard as a m^eria  r isT ^fS ^f & reaS°nable ^r
  the researcher to disclose that risk   L  v     "** *°*sL*ie f°r
  every failure to make a
  42

-------
 failure to disclose a risk will result in liability only if an
 injury is caused to a person by the risk that was not disclosed.
 The problem is that in advance the researcher cannot determine
 whether a particular risk will result in injury to the research
 subject.   By failing to disclose a risk a researcher would be
 taking a gamble.

      One other situation in the research context that might arise
 involves the following situation:   Assume a researcher makes a
 disclosure of all the risks that he knows about, discloses the
 fact that certain risks are unknown/  and after the research is
 under way, gains  additional information that the subject,  as a
 reasonable person,  would desire to know.  Is there a duty  to dis-
 close information discovered after the experiment is under way?
 I  am not aware of a case that has  addressed this question.  How-
 ever,  it would be wise,  I think, for  the researcher to regard him-
 self as under a duty to make a disclosure at any point during the
 process of the research if he learns  of risks that were previously
 unknown or learns of risks that are greater than, or different
 from those disclosed.

      One  final matter that I think should be touched on deals with
 the question of whether a person must be informed at the outset,
 as  part of the researcher's duty to make a full disclosure,  that
 he  may at any time  withdraw from the  experiment or the research
 program.   No definitive  answer can probably be given based on
 previous  cases.   However,  it is reasonable to assume that  if a
 person has an initial  right to participate or not to participate
 after  full disclosure  is made,  it  seems likely that the right of
 non-participation continues throughout the process of the  research,
 and that  a person may  withdraw at  any time and must be informed of
 the right to do so.

      Situations are imaginable,  however,  where the withdrawal of
 the  subject will  have  serious consequences to the validity of the
 study  being undertaken and may  impose a serious burden on  the re-
 searcher.   My best  judgment is  that these are burdens and  disad-
 vantages  that researchers  must  be  prepared to tolerate.

 SOME PRACTICAL DIMENSIONS

     Without intending to  suggest  that the case law would  require
 the following things that  I  shall  mention,  I would raise these
 additional  matters  for consideration.

     Who  should make disclosure  in a  particular research program?
 It would probably be wise  to  have  a person designated as responsi-
ble for providing information to participants.   The practical reason
                                                                 43

-------
is that such a procedure will avoid the possibility that one per-
son will think another has given the appropriate information and
that other person will be thinking someone else has done it.  The
consequence, as you can see, will be that no one would have given
the information.  This situation has arisen in instances, for
example, in which the doctor thought the hospital would provide
certain information, and the hospital, in turn, relied on the
doctor to provide the information.  The consequence was that the
patient was not informed.  A breakdown in the procedure for pro-
viding information will not justify a failure to provide it.
sure !hnulf hUld f SCl°SUre be "**"  It is not clear when disclo-
sure should be made except to say that it must be made before the

thrSubiect91nS'  T6Ver' the Pr°ViSi0n °f the -formation after
the subjects are all assembled and are ready to undergo the re-
search experiment may constitute a coercive circumstance in itself.

uat'Tol thr rT6Cti0n' —Cation with others, or sober eva -
of the rLearch foliatl°; ^^ ^ be avai1*^ when the onset
informal    *    ^   ° ^^ after the Provision of the
provide a rLsorbl917' * "^ ^^ ** SOUnd P^ice to
is provided an^H V ****** ^^ tte time when th* information
II Salted   P.,fe tim%When the P«»on is asked whether consent
all^rcuitalcf *** ^  ?** ^ limlt Can be stated-  *he over-
ail circumstances would obviously be relovani-   BC,






patlng?       ° "^ * S°ber ^ detached Judgment about partici-
ful tST thexinc'"1^ ^^^  ***  it  is  doubt-
in circumstances where   nre'T1™8 "^  aVOid liabilit^
practically speaking it would    dlSCl°Se information  has occurred,
review panels! pee^review Soun?*"      ^  existence  of i^ouse
would be helpfu? in tw^ysT Tsti^r*  6Valuati°n teams
would make it more likely that all thf T  reV16W  pr°cedures
information can be provided »rp J      relevant areas in  which
act as a check on thrresearch^,^11'  S6C°nd'  reV±ew  P-cedures
research that might cauTthf ".Lr^."^^ ********* ^


                                                                the
pate  in  the    search               ^^  °f  sub^ts  to partici-
44

-------
     Accordingly,  as  a safeguard against the possibility of the
researchers  taking shortcuts,  which may result in a failure to dis-
close,  it would  be good practice to have such review procedures.
It can  be seen that the review procedures relate to the relation-
ship between the researcher  and the research institution.   Arrange-
ments between the  institution  in which the research is  undertaken
and the researcher cannot  ordinarily be thought to affect  the rela-
tionship between the  researcher and the participants.

     What is the relevance of  federal,  state,  or other  legislation?
Compliance with  statutory  requirements may well have a  direct bear-
ing on  the reasonableness  of the researcher's  conduct in disclosing
or not  disclosing  certain  kinds of  information.   It would  be sound
practice to  scrupulously comply with any statutory requisites.   It
is possible  that failure to  comply  with statutory requisites may
give rise to an  argument that  the compliance failure itself estab-
lishes  the unreasonableness  of the  researcher's actions.

     What about  federal agency regulations?  The same thing that  can
be said about compliance with  statutory requirements can be said  of
compliance with  various applicable  regulations  of agencies.   In
addition, it may well  be valuable to follow requirements of agen-
cies that are administering  the various kinds  of research,  because
it may  be that such guidelines or regulations  will have been drafted
by those who are thoroughly  conversant with the issues  of  informed
consent, and that  by following them,  the researcher will render
less likely  any  liability  for  failure  to meet  the case  law require-
ments regarding  the informed consent.
                                                                 45

-------
BIBLIOGRAPHY


 1.  Annas, G.J., et al.: Informed Consent To Human Experimentation:
     The Subject's Dilemma.  Ballinger Pub. Co., Massachusetts, 1977.

 2.  Bogomolny, R.L.:  Human Experimentation.  Southern Methodist
     Univ. Press, Texas/ 1976.

 3.  Fried, C.:  Medical Experimentation:  Personal Integrity  and
     Social Policy.  American Elsevior Pub. Co., New York,  1974.

 4.  Gray, B.H.:  Human  Subjects  in Medical Experimentation.   John
     Wiley &  Sons, New York 1975.

 5.  Hershey, N. , et al.:  Human  experimentation and the  Law.   Aspen
     Publishers,  Maryland  1976.

  6.  Katz, J.:  Experimentation with  Human Beings.   Russell Sage
     Foundation,  New York, 1972,  pp.  521-674.

  7.   Katz, J,, et al.:  Catastrophic  Diseases:   Who Decides What?
      Russell  Sage Foundation,  New York,  1975,  pp.  79-115.

  8.   Posser,  W.:  .Torts.  West Pub.  Co., Minnesota, 1971, pp.  104-
      105;  165-166.   (Fourth  ed.)

  9.   Shannon, T.A.:  Bioethics.   Paulist Press, New York, 1976,
      pp. 209-291.

 10.   McCoid:   The care required of medical practitioners.
      12 Vanderbilt Law Review 549, 1969.

 11.  Plant:  An analysis of "informed consent."  36 Fordam Law  Review
      639, 1968.


 12.  Riskin:   Informed  consent:  Looking  for the action.   1975  Univ.
      Illinois  Law Forum 580.


 13.  WaltZ and Scheunmeman:  Informed consent  to therapy.   64 North-
      western Univ.  Law  Review 628, 1969.

  14.  Mohr v. Williams , 95 Minn.  261, 104 N.W.  12  (1905).

  15.  Tabor v. Scobee, 254 S.w.2d 474 (Kentucky 1952).


                         Mill«r *"T«-L  251 Minn. 427,  88 N.W.2d 186
  46

-------
17.  Nathanson v. Kline, 186 Kan. 393, 350 P.2d 1093 (1960).

18.  Nishi v. Hartwell, 52 Haw. 188, 473 P.2d 116 (1970).

19.  Canterbury v. Spence, 464 F.2d 772 (1972).

20.  zeBarth v. Swedish Hospital Medical Center, 499 P.2d 1 (Wash.
     1973).
21.  Cobbs v. Grant, 8 Cal.3d 229, 502 P.2d 1 (1972).

22.  Wilkinson v. Vesey, 110 R.I. 606, 295 A.2d 676 (1972).

23.  Foqal v. Genessee Hospital, 344 N.Y.  Supp.2d 552 (1973).
                                                                47

-------
    Discussion Summary
     Participants discussed whether increasing a subject's  pay as
a project progresses would be construed as  a way of pressuring a
subject to  stay with a study until its completion.  Discussants
said that this procedure generally would not be considered
coercive.
                                                            49

-------
Role and Function of Committees on
Protection of Human Subjects in Research

     Edward Bishop, M.D.
     School of Medicine
     University of North Carolina
     As chairman of the Committee on Protection of the Rights of
Human Subjects, I can assure you that membership is associated
with problems.  Therefore,  I would like to  discuss the problems
of such committees as ours.

     I would  like to quote  from a recent issue of the American Bar
Foundation Research Journal, in which Benjamin Duval states quite
clearly one of the problems that a committee has, in that, "...an
institutional review board  is in itself a legal institution."  The
act that called for the establishment of these institutional review
boards stated that the Secretary of Health, Education and Welfare
must require the establishment of an institutional review board
for every entity that receives funding.  Therefore, although review
boards are instructed not to approve proposals that will invade
any subject's legal rights, the interests protected under such
regulations are significantly broader than  the legal rights of the
subject.  Benjamin Duval makes an interesting comparison when he
says that institutional review boards combine the elements of an
administrative agency and a jury.  They also act as a legal author-
ity to carry out laws and also to make laws.

     With that introduction, I can describe our committee's problems
and methods by giving a brief outline of the methods we use at the
School of Medicine at the University of North Carolina. We began
our committee about five and a half years ago.  Before that time,


                                                             51

-------
the functions involved in institutional review had been carried
out by a committee that was in charge of the Clinical Research Unit.
Because of an increasing workload, there was an obvious need for a
specific committee to act as an institutional review board.  Compa-
rable committees exist in five other schools within the University.
So, our committee was formed to function specifically as a medical
school committee.

     Our committee's purpose and principles are best described  in
our Document of Assurance to HEW and in some words from the Arti-
cles of Implementation.  We feel that our  function, as specified
in our Document of Assurance, is to "fully protect the rights and
the welfare of all subjects who participate in research, in inves-
tigations, in study, in development, in demonstrations, or in other
projects."  Obviously, this includes many  direct  involvements,  such
as the action of drugs, medical and surgical procedures, and  so
on.  But our committee has extended its responsibilities further
than this, for example, to include non-invasive observations  and
data collection.  We are concerned that there  not be undue  invasion
of the subject's rights to privacy, and that there is  no undue  risk
to the subject,  at least not physical  risk.  The  same  is true of
moral  rights.

      One  of  the  first  obligations we had  was to  inform the faculty
that  if  they plan  to do human  research, they must have their  work
reviewed in  advance.   Oftentimes,  the  investigator is  reminded of
this  obligation  when his  funding organization  will not consider
his  application  until  it  has  been reviewed by  a board.

      Our primary obligation  is to look at human rights,  and not at
 the  scientific merit  of  a research proposal.   This is impossible
 because usually we must  consider both aspects.  If someone submits
 a frxvolous scientific experiment,  we would not accept it if there
 was any type of risk to  the subject.   On the other hand, there  are
 times that the scientific merit and the amount of medical informa-
 tion to be gained do warrant some risks,  and the experiment thus
                                        ,
 two ™~-JCCef Sble" /e mUSt in a11 cases have a Balance between  the
 two
                   , although the question of scientific merit  is
 not our specific concern.  Finally, we feel that one of our  serious
 obligations is to make sure there is no undue enticement  to  persuade
 a patient to continue an experiment against his wishes.

      °*e of th« °ther principles that we work under  is that  we feel
 that this is a serious committee, and therefore, it  should have the
 representation of the most experienced and the  senior  faculty.
 Presently, the people who are on the committee, with only a  couple
 exceptions, are people in senior positions at the  University.   We
 use these people, not because their age  necessarily  implies  wisdom
 52

-------
 or good judgment, but because they are familiar with the University.
 They are also familiar with the investigators and have their re-
 spect, so that if we on the committee disagree or need to advise
 the investigator, this guidance will come from a body that speaks
 with a certain amount of authority.

      Other important members of our committee are the representa-
 tives of the public.  I think, probably,  we should have a greater
 representation from the community, because the people who work on
 a voluntary basis,  the public representatives, do an exceedingly
 good job.   In reviewing research proposals using human subjects,
 the public representatives approach this  task with a completely
 different point of  view than we do, and oftentimes,  they make
 very important judgments or find problems that we with our bias of
 a medical  education, with our bias of seeing patients and subjects
 all the time,  would have missed.  We are  not legally required to
 include public representatives on the committee,  but including
 representation from the public or from the community is very
 strongly recommended.

      We differ from other institutional review boards across the
 country.   For example,  our committee meets only on a few occasions
 a year,  and we do most  of our review by mail.   We do most of our
 voting by  ballot.   One  of the reasons why we operate this way is
 because of the volume  of our work.   In a  three-year  period,  we
 reviewed 297 new proposals;  we reviewed for re-review 398 contin-
 uing proposals,  or  695  proposals duVing this period  of time.   This
 comes down to  four  or  five proposals a week, 19 to 20 a month.   I
 could not  keep people on the committee if we convened twice  a week
 to  discuss these proposals,  as we  would have to,  or  once a week.
 I could not ask the  representatives of the community to meet with
 us  that  often.   This is the  first  reason  why we do most of our
 work by mail review  and by balloting.

      I think there are  some  advantages to this work  procedure.   In
 general, a proposal  comes to my office when it has been reviewed
 by  the principal investigator's departmental chairman.   It is then
 reviewed by my staff for completeness  to  see that all the  forms  are
 in.   There is  a  consent form and there is a review of the  proposal.
 At  some time this proposal may be  given administrative  approval.
 This  is a  right  that has been given to me by a local committee.
 An  illustration  of administrative approval  would  be  a proposal that
 has  been approved, but  has not been funded.  Thus, the  proposal
 has  not been active, and the  investigator wants to continue the
 approval process.  The  committee allows me  to  give administrative
 approval in other similarly benign  or  uncomplicated  situations,
but  they in  turn review at the  next meeting of  the committee  all
 of my administrative approvals  and  sanctions,  and  in some  cases,
 they deny  approval.

                                                                 53

-------
     Once a proposal is reviewed for completeness, it is sent to a
subcommittee, and all the information that is sent to me, all the
documents that come in for the research proposal, go to a subcommit-
tee that goes through this package in depth.  Then they report back
to us. If the subcommittee reports a unanimous vote of approval,
there are no problems, and a simplified form is sent to the full
committee, who in turn ballot back again.  If, however, the sub-
committee says there is some problem; for example, if they are con-
cerned about the use of human subjects in the project, then an ad
hoc committee of experts in the appropriate field is appointed to
review the proposal with the principal investigator.

     Now, I, as an obstetrician, cannot be expert on cardiac prob-
lems.  Our surgeon is not an expert on pharmacology.  Therefore,
we use members outside of our committee, and at times, outside of
this University, to serve on the ad hoc committee to review with
the principal investigator the proposal and to try to decide about
the sticky problems.  The subsequent report in turn comes back to
the full committee, who now ballot by mail.  They have the right
to either accept the proposal, to request modification, or to
reject the proposal.

     It has been decided that no research activity will be rejected
without a majority vote, and that no research activity will be
accepted without a majority vote.  Actually we usually work on a
unanimous vote.  If I see that 12 members on a committee have
accepted a research proposal, but one person picks up a very
important but overlooked infringement of the rights of a human
sublet, then we will turn that proposal down, because I think we
must lean over backwards to protect the subjects, even though the
vote may have been leaning the opposite way.

     One reason why I like the idea of the mail ballot is because
instead of having to make up your mind in a  committee meeting at
five o  clock on Friday, you have the opportunity  to make up your
own mind when you want to sit .down and review these proposals when
you feel like it, when you can give  the time  to  it, and  when you
reach an adequate decision.  So, i do feel  that the balloting
woulf h1S  d^enSlble' and ™ Probably get better  reviews than we
would by setting in a committee  as a group.   We  do  sit in  a  commit-
whLa^a gr°UP at regularlv stipulated intervals, for example,
when  there  is any division of opinion about  a proposal,  or when we
need  to  speak to the principal investigator.
 «™. ^ ^lai^iS±0n °f the committee is final and it is not
 questioned by higher authorities within the University.  I thin
 54

-------
 it  is  stipulated by certain regulations that if we turn down some
 research activity,  there cannot be pressures from the Dean, the
 Chancellor,  the Vice-chancellor, or from anyone else to change
 our decision*

 PROPOSAL REVIEW

     Out of  297 research proposals,  we rejected only three.  I
 think  this is  to the credit of the faculty at the University.
 They now recognize,  not just because of the threat of legal lia-
 bility,  the  importance  of human life.   They do not submit research
 proposals that infringe upon the rights of human subjects or endan-
 ger their health in any way.   When we did request modification of
 31  proposals,  we were primarily asking someone to take out a risky
 portion,  or  what we considered to be a risky portion of their
 research proposal,  or we asked them to modify their consent form,
 or,  in some  cases,  an application was incomplete.   If we had not
 requested and  given the principal investigator opportunity for
 modification,  we would  have rejected more proposals.

     One  of  the problems that the committee has is the amount of
 work.  Another problem  we have is overlapping with jurisdictional
 problems  between one school of the University with another.  What
 if  a proposal  is a  combined research activity between the Dental
 School and the Medical  School;  between the School  of  Nursing and
 the  Dental School; who  has  jurisdiction?   That question has not
 been solved  yet and it  has  been a sticky  problem,  but I think  it
 is  an  administrative problem.

     One  of  the other problems  is,  and I  am not going to quote
 this directly,  that  the HEW regulations regarding  review committees
 state  that no  matter how distant the research work may be from the
 granting  institution or from the institution receiving the grant,
 that institution is  responsible for  protecting the rights of these
 research  subjects.   This regulation  became very important to me
 a couple  of  years ago when  we  were funded for some research activi-
 ties in Chapel Hill.  Those monies were being spent in India,  in
 Pakistan, in Iran, and  in a number of  European and Asian countries.
We were legally responsible to  those subjects in Charez.   It was
up to  us  to  make sure they  understood  the consent  forms they were
 signing	an  almost impossible  thing  to do with any guarantee of
completeness.

     This is a problem  that is  not only concerned  with research
conducted out  of the  continental United States;  it is  also a prob-
lem  in cases where someone  is doing  research where part of the
research  subjects are located in a distant city, or when they  are
at a distant hospital.   Do  they  use  what  we  think  is  a consent form,
                                                                 55

-------
or what they think is a consent form?  So far we have insisted that
our consent form be used since we are responsible for research sub-
jects.  It is a problem for other institutions, other schools in
the University that want to use patients of the medical school
hospital.  A professor of anthropology would like to talk to cancer
patients to examine some aspect of their psychological reaction to
their disease— ^an he do this?  Who reviews his proposal?  How about
those people who just want to use record room reviews?  Is this,
even though they do not identify the subject, appropriate to do?

ETHICAL PROBLEMS AND POLICIES

     Another difficult problem that is unsolved is the use of excess
tissues and fluids.  Someone says/ "Well, when you send a tube of
blood to the laboratory, they are going to use just 1 ml.  I would
like to use the other four.  I do not want to get consent from the
            :U.Want to look at the blood.  I do not have to know
oatient       w    -                                 a<  to the
patient.  The blood is going to be thrown away anyhow."  At first
the idea sounds like "why not?"  But you find that soon, the same
person says, "A little extra blood is all right, but why don't you
get another tube when you collect it?  it won't hurt to" get more

         °      ""
subiec   °£u ar"" ^ *** *** *** «« -Dinging on  a  human
become four  or a 1^°™* tO *"" *** ™y much' but tw° tubes
 ecome four, or a little more cerebrospinal
                                                            are
 faculty  of the Medical Schoo               "  research d=">e * ">«
 on  the patients ofthi h    l\   " ab°ut  the »B«rch that is done
 that  isPnot Sone by  £:oSri,aSS°°iated "^  ^  Medi°al S°t>°°i'
           the             '
                       =0
 and we have  kno»n  no  in»«i    ^     ^"^  Io°ked into this
 been held liable?   Bu^e hf "he" me°be« »*  the committee have
 whose faculty  £  ^If™"^"'*™ ""^ersity one school
                                       L" ?
 by  sayinc, that  they will  lo* T£  Cha«=ell°r.s  office has responded
     se,ve on
      A final problem is,  what is  research.   We say that we review


 56

-------
research  on  human  subjects/  but  where  is  the  dividing line  between
clinical  care  and  research?  We  change our  methods  of doing a  medi-
cal procedure—and I  have  to use an  obstetrical  example.  If we
decide  that  all  breeches should  be delivered  by  Caesarean section
rather  than  vaginally,  and we  keep a record to see  how it works
out/  is that considered research/ or is that  just observation  of
what  we hope is  improved clinical practice?  This is  a difficult
decision.  Do  you  have  to  go to  that patient  and say,  "You  have
a  choice  between a vaginal delivery  and a Caesarean section"?
Obviously, she cannot make that  choice.

      Another problem  we have is,  when  does  research become  accepted
practice?  Again,  for obvious  reasons,  I  use  examples in the repro-
ductive field.   One faculty  member developed  a clip for steriliza-
tion—obviously  this  was research.   He wanted to see  how successful
the clip was,  how  many  pregnancies resulted when this clip  was used/
was it  better  or was  it worse  than other  contraceptive methods.
After a period of  time, he looked at a thousand  or  so subjects and
said, "Well, my  next  thousand  subjects—will  they be  considered as
research  subjects  or  have  I  already  done  the  research? I know
there were three pregnancies in  the  thousand, and the clip  is  avail-
able  clinically  now."  He  says,  "I am  still going to  collect data
on the  clip  because I am not sure how  it  is going to  work out.  It
has not been tested long enough  yet, but  it is commercially avail-
able."  When does  research become accepted  practice?  What about
informing patients who  have  unexpected results or abnormal  findings?
Is it the investigator's responsibility to  tell  that  patient?

ADVICE  AND CONSENT

      Finally/  our  biggest  problem is with consent forms.  First, I
dislike the  term "consent  form."  I  do not  think there should  be
a form  for giving  informed consent.  There  cannot be  a standard
form  for an  institution.   There  cannot be a standard  form between
different research activities.   I think each  consent  form should
be written in  a  language that  the patient understands.  This is
where we can use our  community members  on the committee.  If they
cannot  understand  the consent  form,  then  I  am sure  the patient
cannot.  The patient  should  understand what is being  done,  the
benefits, the  risks,  the discomforts; whether there could be an
alternative procedure other  than the research procedure.

     Then, we  ask  that  it  be included  in  the  consent  form that the
subject is free  to withdraw  from the experiment  without penalty.
We try  to serve  as  the  research  subject's advocate  by  saying that
in the  consent the  subject should be told that if he  feels  his
rights  are being threatened, he  can  contact the  Committee on the
Protection of  Rights  of Human  Subjects.   The  consent  forms  have to
                                                                 57

-------
comply with the laws of this state, which may not be the  laws  of
another state.

     Yesterday I received two research proposals.  One  consent form
had three lines.  It said the investigators were going  to withdraw
blood, 5 ml, and the patient is supposed to sign.  That is  about
all the form said.  It was not written in the first person.   I think
if you are going to consent to something, the consent form  has to
be written in the first person.

     The other consent form, believe it or not, was fourteen pages
long.  I think this is equally bad as the three-line consent form.
I am not sure how many subjects will wade through fourteen  pages
to give consent to some research activities.  I am afraid the
committee may be at fault for pushing investigators to  make sure
that all the essential elements are on the consent form—^ve have
made them make it quite voluminous.

     Finally, we do not like to act as a threat to the  investigator,
but rather, we like to act as a protector of  the research subject.
We are also protecting the investigator, not  necessarily from any
legal  liability, but we are protecting him by helping him realize
the rights of human subjects.

      in spite of regulations made  up by committees,  I am sure that
research is going to continue.  I  am sure that  research will contin-
ue wlth human subjects, no matter  how much basic or  ani^l  work can

at someVmeW ^l??1"8' "^ ^^ mt *  tried on huma" subjects
as ours wSJ*™       ^ C°ntinuation of "view mechanisms such
as ours will  remain, and must remain, in existence  for  as long as
                           aCC6*table-  Fi-^  the  most important

                           consent
 58

-------
     Discussion Summary
     Participants discussed the advantages  and disadvantages of
having obstreperous members on review committees.  On the positive
side, participants felt that those who are  apt to be meticulous
about every point discussed in a committee  meeting may bring up an
issue that has been overlooked.  A disadvantage is that this type
of committee member may tend to disagree  simply for the sake of
disagreeing.  In this case/ some committee  chairmen have the
prerogative of deeming a committee member's objection as
"unacceptable."

     Participants also discussed the  need to keep bureaucratic
overload in committees to a minimum.   Discussants felt that staff
review of research proposals is justified in that these reviews
reduce the amount of time spent considering proposals that are
obviously unacceptable or missing required  forms.
                                                               59

-------
METHODOLOGIES AND PROTOCOLS IN
ENVIRONMENTAL CLINICAL RESEARCH
  Moderator: Ralph Stacy, Ph.D.

-------
 Developing Methodologies—Environmental
 Studies
      Steven Horvath, Ph.D.
      Institute of Environmental Stress
      Santa Barbara, California
     I would like  to discuss a number of problems associated with
 the development of methodology, primarily from the non-invasive
 standpoint of investigating man under conditions of stress, whether
 the stresses are combined or single stresses.  I would like to
 emphasize that most of our new procedures have been designed to
 work in multiple environments and under multiple stresses.

 CHARACTERIZATION:  A PRE-TEST PROCESS

     I would like  to start off by reviewing some of the basic things
 you do before developing a methodology.  The researcher must effec-
 tively characterize the subject so he knows just exactly what he  is
 going to do, what  he is going to work with, and what he is going
 to do for the research subject from the standpoint of assuring
 that he has adequate safety in all of the procedures that will be
 employed.

 Sensitive Subjects

     Researchers have to contend with the problem of sensitive sub-
 jects and how you determine whether sensitive subjects are going to
be in your pool, and what you are going to do with those  subjects
after you have them in your pool, or,  in some cases, whether the
researcher should set out to select a group of sensitive  subjects
                                                             63

-------
among a so-called normal population—not to look at individuals
with disease, but individuals who are essentially considered  to
be normal in physiological terms, in both their pulmonary and
their cardiovascular systems.

     Actually, we have had a problem with sensitive research
subjects, because in almost all  of our  studies we have  found  one
or two  subjects  who were  sensitive to the particular  pollutant
that we were studying.  In retrospect,  it appears that  we  could
have determined  the subjects'  sensitivity by  using  a  question-
naire.  If  you are  going  to study sensitive subjects, you
should  have those subjects available  to you as  sensitive sub-
jects,  and  not have to  include them as  part and  parcel of  the
overall population.

Work capacity

      A number  of techniques  of carefully categorizing an indi-
vidual have been developed over the  years.   One of  these tech-
 niques has  to  do,  especially in air  pollution studies or in
 toxicological  studies,  with evaluating the potential capacity of
 the subject to perform work.   It has  become apparent that one of
 the major factors in the response of  an individual to a pollutant
 is whether or not he is active or inactive.  Many of the studies
 that have been done on environmental pollution have  used resting
 subjects, and have consequently missed the value of  or  the
 importance of the role the pollutant will play in the  response  of
 the subject, because most subjects exposed in a natural envi-
 ronment do have to work.

      The first  evaluation of  any subject has to do with his
 potential work  capacity, and  there are  several ways  that  this
 work capacity can be measured.  The best way, since  almost
 everybody  can walk—and  this  applies to individuals  of all ages,
 anywhere from six to eighty odd years  of age—is to  measure their
 maximal  aerobic capacity by having them walk on a  treadmill that
 changes  its rate.  The treadmill can maintain  a constant  speed or
 it  can change its  speed, as well.  YOU can perform this test very
 simply by  a relatively  straightforward technique.   A computer
 gives  the  test  results  out  immediately, so that you know not
 only the subject's ventilation, but  also  his oxygen uptake, his
 C02 production, his  body temperature,  his heart rate, and his
 electrocardiogram as it is measured.

       Another procedure that we use to measure potential work
  capacity is the bicycle ergometer.   There is an important dif-
  ference between the measurements made on a bicycle  ergometer  and
  those that are made on  a treadmill.  The difference is in the
  64

-------
 neighborhood of 10 percent in terms of maximum aerobic capacity.
 When an investigator studies an individual using either a bicycle
 or a treadmill, he must take this into account.  Furthermore, the
 position of the individual on the bicycle, whether he is in the
 upright position,  or whether he is in a supine position, makes a
 further difference in his aerobic capacity.

      The question  that arises here is, how are we going to determine
 whether or not an  individual should perform a fixed load of work,
 namely, something  like, say, 300 K cals per hour, or whether he
 should do work on  the basis of a percentage of his capacity?  One
 of the major factors that influences man's ability to perform is
 his age..  As he gets older, past about 18 or 19 years of age, he
 generally shows a  relative decline in his capacity to perform
 work.   Therefore,  if you utilize only a fixed workload,  this may
 represent a considerable variation of the subject's capacity to
 do work.   Consequently, it is almost necessary to measure the
 maximum aerobic capacity of the individual, so that you can relate
 the individual's performance under any stress in terms of percentage
 of his maximum aerobic capacity.  Maximum aerobic capacity is
 influenced not only by age, but by the sex of the individual.

      Besides characterizing an individual by the percent of his
 capacity  to perform work,  and in terms of absolute fixed load, an
 individual can also be studied in another way, namely, in terms of
 a  fixed ventilation.   Some of the studies that we have done have
 utilized  this  characterization.   A test of fixed ventilation is
 easily automated and very  easily conducted under careful conditions.

 Body  Fat

      Further characterization of the individual is necessary, and
 one of  the things  that we  have found extremely important is to
 have  some  measurements of  the subject's body fat, so that we can
 determine  the  lean body mass or  the effect of protoplasmic mass.
 There  are  two  basic techniques that are commonly employed to
 measure body fat.   One is  to measure the skin folds at various
 places—this is  not the best technique,  although it is probably
 utilized much  more than any other.   A much better technique is
 where  you  measure  the  individual under water.   This technique
 utilizes some  of the advances in technology.   Instead of measuring
 the individual with an autopsy scale,  we use load cells  or string
 gauges  to  make these measurements.   Individuals vary in  body fat
 to a great extent,  and some of the  effects on the individual
 by pollutants  are  determined by  the amount of body fat.

     We also utilize another type of technique,  which is to measure
people  under water while they are exposed to various pollutants.
                                                                 65

-------
This is a new way of looking at individuals, and  it  is  a  fairly
well automated technique.

Blood Constituents

     Another factor  in  characterizing  individuals,  especially in
terms of the effects on the  individual,  is  blood  constituents.
This is a  characterization that has  been ignored  for a long time.
There has  been  a great  deal  of difficulty in some of the  measure-
ments that have been reported; namely,  blood samples have been
taken at unspecified times,  and  the  measurements  have been uncon-
trolled  in terms of  position of  the  subject.  Nevertheless, blood
constituents are an  important factor in characterizing research
subjects,  in that this  characterization takes advantage of the
fact that  we know there are  changes  in plasma volumes, and that
these will result in marked  changes  in the concentration of materials
in the  plasma,  as a  consequence  of the subject being in different
positions.

 NON-INVASIVE METHODOLOGY

      I would like to discuss more methodology techniques,  starting
 off with measures of indirect methods of measuring cardiac output.
 There are a number of  methods available; some are practical, and
 some are impractical.   In general, we want to get away from  the
 invasive techniques, which we use so commonly, and go over to non-
 invasive techniques.

      Of the non-invasive techniques, there  are three  that  are
 potentially usable.  One is the gas technique:   the  carbon dioxide
 re-breathing procedure, the nitrous oxide procedure,  and the
 acetylene procedure.   These are three fairly  decent  procedures,
 but they  have  some  limitations due  to the fact that  they cannot be
 repeated  at too frequent intervals.

      Another approach  to measuring  cardiac  output,  which has a  cer-
 tain amount of value,  that  we have  been utilizing to a great extent
 is  the use of  the impedance device.   This method is—like all of
 these methods—not  really as  good as  it should be in characterizing
 the resting individual,  but it  is extraordinarily comparable to
 direct methods, that is, the dilution techniques, if you use it in
 the individual who  is  active to  any degree whatsoever.  Unfortunately,
 this technique, although it is  completely automated, can only be
 employed  in individuals performing  a slight activity, and only on
 the bicycle.   The advantage of  this technique is that you can leave
 the measuring  devices  on the individual for long periods of time.
 Thus,  this technique  detects rather striking changes that occur
 in the  individual during the night.  So, this is a fairly effective
  66

-------
technique for measuring  cardiac  output over long periods of
time, with the  least  amount  of interference to the subject.

     We have also  tried  using the  echocardiogram to measure cardiac
output.  The only  difficulty with  the echocardiogram at the present
time is the need for  good microprocessing elements/ and more impor-
tantly, the need to be able  to apply  the test to an exercising sub-
ject.  So far,  we  have not had too much success using the echocardio-
gram on exercising subjects, but I anticipate that very shortly we
will have a device that  will be  very  effective in this regard.

     Another indirect method of  measuring cardiac output is to look
at another part of the cardiovascular system,  and that is,  to
measure the peripheral blood flow,  whether you do it in the forearm,
the lower leg,  or  in  the finger.   This  is a completely automated
technique over  which  neither the investigator  nor the subject has
any control.  It is all  automated,  and  can be  timed.   Instead of
having to look  at  the old-fashioned records to derive the slope,
the slope is derived  electronically,  and then  the only calculation
that has to be  made is dividing  the slope by a volume,  which is also
displayed automatically  on the unit.  The data are also put on a
graph at the same  time.

     This automated technique is a  very  new development in  terms of
measuring peripheral  blood flow.   It  eliminates almost all  experi-
menter bias, and it is a very rapid procedure.   In fact,  you can do
something in the neighborhood of 40 to  50 blood flows in a  period
of several minutes without any real difficulty to the subject.

     Investigators are faced with  several path problems when they
put subjects in an environment of  48°C.   Test  results indicate that
people of different racial origins  and  different ethnic origins have
a different response  to  exposure to a hot environment.   Any time
one studies subjects, one must characterize the subject not only in
terms of his physical and medical  characteristics,  but in terms of
ethnic origin,  at  least  to some  extent.

     A newer development has involved an  examination  of nasal
airway resistance.  We are now working with a  device  to measure
both nasal airway resistance and oral airway resistance.  This  is
an important new development, since it provides for separation of
two portions of the respiratory  system which have not been  looked
at too carefully in the past, and that  is the  point of time when the
individual shifts from breathing through  his mouth to breathing
through his nose, or  when there  is  a  combined  effect  of those two
functions.  Microprocessors  handle  the calculations and the
evaluations, and determine the pattern of  the  experiment.
                                                                 67

-------
     Another factor that I think is of some importance is the need
to develop devices that telemeter the heart rate.  We measured  a
cross-country coach, and every time he saw any of his runners come
by, his heart rate went up to 160, yet he gave the appearance of
having no reaction to the race.  Similarly, we measured  the  heart
rate of a volleyball coach.  His team lost the first  set, won the
next four, and  despite the fact that during the  entire period of
time he sat very quietly, and apparently was  unconcerned about  the
entire event, his heart rates went as high as 160.   I might  point
out that his maximal heart rate was  180, so in that  he  is in a  maxi-
mal aerobic capacity test, he is under  considerable  stress.   These
studies  indicate that many of the  studies  that we have  been doing on
subjects where  we  look  at them  and obtain  measurements  of the heart
rate  or  using  the  electrocardiogram  only at  the  fixed intervals may
be missing a  great  deal.

      A few devices  have been developed to  make it possible to  look
 at individuals non-invasively,  and at the  same time, to describe
 very simply the way in which a subject can be categorized by utiliz-
 ing,  again,  non-invasive techniques.  The more effectively you can
 analyze the subject's response and his condition, the more effectively
 you can determine what is happening to the individual.

      One of the main advantages of the new methodology  is not  simply
 that researchers arc able to utilize computer devices or new develop-
 ments in electronics to help build better instrumentation and  to
 help organize  the exposure of the individual, that  is,  to determine
 what he is going to respond to and how he is going  to respond  to it.
 More importantly, the new methodology has provided  us with  a means
 by which we can take the other techniques that  are  not  usually
 available to us, from the standpoint of our  own expertise,  but which
 are commonly used in other  areas, and  by  proper handling and working
 with electronics people, and with people  who are interested in physi-
 ological  response, it  is possible to develop new devices that will
 make it easier for us  to successfully  invade the individual without
 doing  it  by an invasive  technique.
  68

-------
     Discussion  Summary
      Participants discussed the merits  of  using microprocessors
 rather than minicomputers  in research activities.   Discussants said
 that the minicomputers  are more likely  to  break down  than the micro-
 processors,  but the microprocessors  are more adept  at carrying out
 different operations simultaneously.  Some laboratories use mini-
 computers as a supplement  to the microprocessors.

      Discussants observed  that  the use  of  microprocessors has enabled
 investigators to automate  the measurement  of various  bodily functions.
 In  one participant's laboratory, the data  that  is obtained is tape-
 recorded to  the IBM systems  where it is analyzed.   Tape-recording
 of  data is an easy process,  and the  eight-channel capability enables
 the investigator to collect  a good quantity of  data.

      It was  noted that  although the  development  of  automated analyti-
 cal procedures can be a timely  and expensive process, these disad-
 vantages are offset by  the tremendous amount of  time  the investigator
 saves  in the long run once the  automated units are  set up.

     Participants  discussed  the  steps the  accumulated data goes
 through to be  put  into  an analytic form.   The automated units have
 a data  base  for  each research subject that includes every measurement
 made on  the  subject*  Statistical analyses are made from this data.
 The  computer can immediately produce data  on the basic body functions.
 To  obtain  derived  functions, the base material is put on a data base,
 and then the various derived functions of  statistical analysis of the
 computer data  are  carried out on the computer from the data base.
 Discussants  noted  that  it is important to  develop a data base that
 can be manipulated  to handle large volumes of data.

     In  a discussion of the differences between the Bruce system and
the Balke technique, participants said that the Balke technique is
more suited  to studying populations of different ages than the Bruce
system.  For example, the Bruce system cannot be used to study
                                                                69

-------
children under six or seven years of age, or on adults in their
seventies and eighties.

     The Bruce system is used in some laboratories, but  not  for
normal populations because there is no way of  characterizing subjects
throughout their entire life span or in  relation  to their sex.

     Participants also talked about the  various methods  of  measuring
blood pressure.  Measuring blood flow by using radioisotopes is  a
viable technique, but  it  is  invasive.  An alternative is to use
strain gauges  to measure  peripheral blood flow.   Discussants said
that attempts  to automate the measurement of  blood pressure have been
unsuccessful,  and that the best measurement  is to use a  blood pressure
cuff and two good ears.
  70

-------
 Rationale for  Experimental Design
      John H. Knelson, M.D.
      Health Effects Research Laboratory
      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
      I would like to describe how we decide what clinical  environ-
 mental research we are going to  conduct within the constraints im-
 posed by ethics/ the law,  and logic.  I think it is very impor-
 tant, in discussing the rationale of experimental design,  to bear
 in mind a few definitions  and a  few relationships.

 CLINICAL ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH:  A DEFINITION

      Over the years that I have  been involved in this  type of
 activity, I have developed a simplistic definition of  clinical
 environmental research.  I think, as we expand our purview and
 bring new tools to bear on the topic, and as we learn  a  little
 more  about the problems of environmental medicine, my  simplistic
 definition will merit some scrutiny, and perhaps,  need to be
 overhauled and expanded.   But very briefly, the definition I have
 used  is that any time you  manipulate a human being and his environ-
 ment, you are doing clinical and environmental research.  Now,
 what does that mean?   More germanely, what doesn't it  mean?  When
 we study what is happening to a population under specific circum-
 stances,  or when we simply avail ourselves of the  opportunity to
 study a population,  I do not consider that we are  conducting
 clinical  research.

     I think some might argue with that,  so I will give an example
of what I am talking  about, that is,  what we have  been doing in
Chapel Hill  all  along, and what most of  our colleagues have been

                                                              71

-------
doing around the country.  In clinical environmental research, the
subject and his environment are manipulated.  The subject is
placed in an artifically-controlled environmental laboratory.  You
manipulate that person by putting him on a bicycle ergometer, on a
treadmill, or by having him breathe through a pneumotachometer or
into a spirometer, or in some other way study some aspect of his
physiology. You do not allow the subject to range normally through
his environment.  Then you manipulate in a positive, very carefully
thought  out and contrived way, the subject's environment.  You
manipulate  the  environment by making  it clean to a  standard  con-
 dition,  putting the  subject  in a Class 1,000 or  a Class  100  clean
 room,  and the  investigator gets a  baseline  of information.

      The investigator may manipulate  the  environment by  having the
 subject breathe an air pollutant,  or  by manipulating the temper-
 ature, relative humidity, light  intensity,  sound levels, iso-
 lation, or other  characteristics  of  the  environment.  This is the
 simplistic definition of clinical  environmental research.  I
 think, though, as we familiarize  ourselves with the rapidly,
 exponentially growing technology that is available to us, we will
 need  to  enlarge that definition.

       Going back to  one of the historical antecedents of clinical
 environmental research, one of the projects of the  Harvard  Fatigue
 Lab was to study the  adaptation of workers to their new environ-
 ment  as they  constructed what was then called Boulder Dam.   That
 project was certainly a form of clinical environmental  research.
 Clinical research was done  on these  workers as  they adapted to the
 new environment,  but their  environment was not  manipulated.  The
  subjects were manipulated only to the extent that  some  measure-
  ments were made  concerning  their  adaptation.

       As we face the newer,  more  challenging,  and more far-reaching
  questions that society will put to us with respect to our environ-
  ment, we will need to adopt a broader definition of clinical
  environmental research.  For the most part,  though, my discussion
  of the  rationale involved in design experiments in clinical environ-
  mental  research is based on the simplistic definition, where you
  put  a  person  in a  controlled environmental laboratory, and mani-
  pulate his environment in  a predetermined, well-thought-out way.

  RELEVANCE:   A KEY  TO EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN

        The theme  of  my discussion  is  relevance.   We are  designing
   experiments  and studies that have  a very  specific relevance to a
   question posed  by society.  Frequently, in  other  kinds of clinical
   research, much activity is pursued in a somewhat descriptive way.
   By that I mean that we are not really focusing before we undertake
    72

-------
 the  research, or before we design a particular  study on a very
 precise question.  We are exploring the results of a particular
 intervention, be it  surgical or medical, and we do not have all of
 the  consequences of  that intervention completely in mind.

     The objectives/ then, put in this simplistic paradigm of
 clinical environmental research, are to focus on a specific question
 that society is posing, and then to establish the experimental
 framework within which to address that question.  If we do not
 keep these objectives in mind, we will conduct  much clinical
 environmental research that will not be relevant to the questions
 that are being asked.

     I think we do need to keep in mind the relationship between
 clinical research, human experimentation, and probably, the other
 couple of ways that  we can get at the answers to the same ques-
 tions. Much of the information that precedes the clinical experi-
 mentation, and much  of the information that is  the basis for the
 rationale of the experimental design, comes from two other disci-
 plines—basic toxicology and epidemiology.

     Basic toxicology has to precede and continue to be an inte-
 gral part of the rationale for clinical experimentation.  The
 amount of basic animal toxicology that we have  at our disposal to
 design clinical research will have a profound effect on what
 research is done and how it is done, and of course, on the ration-
 ale  for approaching  a particular experimental design.

     The discipline  that I would like to discuss is epidemiology.
 Most people think that epidemiology is not really a discipline,
 that it is a state of mind with which you approach a problem.  But
 epidemiology is important because it is closely related to clini-
 cal  research, and it deals with the species of interest, human
 beings.

     Epidemiology differs from clinical research in that it lacks
 two of the overriding characteristics included in the definition
 of clinical research.  In epidemiology the subject is not mani-
 pulated. As a matter of fact, in epidemiology you do everything
 you can to avoid interfering with the normal behavior of your
 subject.  Epidemiologists are concerned about a kind of Heisenberg1s
principle of biology:  anything you do to study your subjects in
 an epidemiologic study design will interfere with those measurements
because you specifically do not want to intrude on your subjects'
way of life, and you certainly do not want to manipulate their
 environment.

     I want to discuss briefly the interrelationship between
 epidemiology, clinical environmental research, and environmental


                                                                73

-------
toxicology.  In the latter discipline, we have an exquisite
handle on the dose, and you can do anything you wish to the subjects
because they are expendable, and they are available in large
quantities of inbred strains.  You get all kinds of very precious,
very specific information from these  animals, but we always have
to deal with the problem of extrapolating from these non-human
species to what is going on in people.  We know that there is
often  a great leap in  extrapolating from animal data to the human
situation.

      In  epidemiology,  we  take  advantage  of the  fact that  we are
 studying  humans,  but we have  only an  imperfect  idea of what the
 dose or  what the  extent of  environmental stress  is.  There are
 just a few parameters that  we can measure, and  most of them with
 less than satisfactory precision.

      Taken together all three disciplines give us the coherent
 database from which we move toward regulatory action.  With these
 interrelationships and strengths and weaknesses of the various
 approaches in mind, I would like to  focus more on  the discussion
 of  the rationale of designing human  experimentation to study the
 effects  of environmental agents.

 LOGISTICS CONSTRAINTS

       I think it  is  important  and absolutely  necessary to take  into
 consideration  logistic constraints.   I have  to  face the  fact  that
  I have  only three  sets of  resources  to  work  with:   people, money,
  and time.   I cannot control  the third resource,  but given the
  objective that targeted  research has to be  relevant to social
  questions,  you must decide how to go about  choosing the  right
  question and answering that question with the  resources at hand.
  A laboratory may require $10,000 a day  to operate.  You have a
  through-put of so many human subjects in a reasonable experimental
  paradigm per unit of time, so you have to very carefully decide
  how to  use these scarce resources to address the  question you are
  trying  to answer.

       That is an integral part  of the rationale of experimental
   design.  I could come up with  many  experimental designs that  would
   be appropriate, that  would be  scientifically meritorious, that
   would supply answers  to the  questions  in an intellectually satisfy-
   ing  way. But we do not have  the luxury of pursuing research  questions
   in that particular way.  We  have to look at the  end  points,  the
   criteria for  subject selection, to  make  certain that when we begin
   a five-day study that all  of the subjects  will participate  for
   five full  days, because the data each  day  are really quite  ex-
   pensive.   These elements  in the rationale  of  the study design are
   more important than we  scientists like to  admit.  In developing a

   74

-------
 rationale for an experimental design, it is important to have a
 statistical design that is highly parsimonious.

      I will give an example that will illustrate several points
 with respect to subject selection, range of susceptibility, and a
 few other points.  The best example I can give is one having to do
 with carbon monoxide research because it is very simple.

      The carbon monoxide experiment was based on what we knew we
 could do, in view of some of the material constraints.  It was
 based on what we knew carbon monoxide should do to people, and on
 the fact that we had an ambient air quality standard for carbon
 monoxide that was rather low.  The automotive industry said the
 standard was irrationally low,  but there was no real basis for
 their statement.

      I discussed with a colleague what test he thought we ought to
 conduct to study the effect of  carbon monoxide on a particular
 human function.   Historically the effects of carbon monoxide on
 the central  nervous system had  been the  focus  of research.   My
 colleague was a  cardiologist who knew about exercise stress testing
 and exercise electrocardiology.   He said that  the myocardium does
 not function very well during relative hypoxia.   As a matter of
 fact,  the blood  leaving the myocardium has  a partial pressure of
 oxygen,  a PO  of 25 millimeters  of mercury,  which is as  low as it
 ever gets at rest.  It  does not  get any lower at  exercise.   So,  if
 you do something to interfere with oxygen delivery to the myo-
 cardium,  you almost expect a priori to be able to measure  some
 effect.   We  could measure  something going on in  the myocardium  at
 relatively low levels  of carbon  monoxide.   Here  is how we did the
 experiment.   We  had people get on a treadmill  and do an  exercise
 ECG before they  were subjected to a standard dose of  carbon monoxide.
 One of the nice  things  about  this test is that we can measure
 carboxyhemoglobin in the circulating blood,  so we have an accurate
 estimate  of  the  body burden of this  environmental agent.  We  do
 not even  have  to depend on ambient air measurements,  we  just
measure carboxyhemoglobin  in the  blood.  We  gave  the  subjects a
 certain amount of carbon monoxide  to breathe,  and we  measured the
 carboxyhemoglobin again, and then  we had them  go  on the  treadmill
 again, and we looked at the electrocardiogram.

     In young, healthy  adult males, who were the  least susceptible
because they should have the healthiest myocardium, we did not see
any changes in the electrocardiogram.  We saw changes in heart
rate at various  levels  of activity.  There was a price paid for
the carbon monoxide load, but it did not show up  in that particular
objective parameter when we looked at the electrocardiogram.
                                                                75

-------
     Then we postulated that a cohort of men whose mean age was 45
instead of 20 should include a few individuals who had preclinical
ischemia heart disease, and that they should show some changes
during the same experimental design.  We tested that hypothesis
and found that our presumption was true, that there were a certain
number that changed their Minnesota code during the course of the
experiment.  We postulated that if this were true, then people who
have well-defined, stable angina pectoris, people who have well-
characterized coronary artery disease, ought to be much more
sensitive to carbon monoxide.  We tested that hypothesis, and  it
was valid.  This  is an oversimplified presentation of this particular
set of  experiments, but  it  serves as an example of logical progres-
sion  of  hypothesis testing  with the results  of each experiment
influencing the  design of the  subsequent  one.

HISTORICAL  ANTECEDENTS OF CLINICAL  RESEARCH

      Clinical  research has  been around  for a long time in one form
 or another, only recently  have scientists in general, not just
 physicians, begun to focus  on man's relationship to his environ-
 ment.  I believe that the  Harvard Fatigue Lab of the mid-1920's
 represents the keystone of clinical environmental research.  The
 Harvard Fatigue Lab was housed in the Harvard School of Business
 because the people who were interested in setting up the lab
 wanted to investigate "the adaptation of the normal individual to
 industry."

      There was a certain amount of social responsibility in  industry
 at that time, and, as I read  it, a hard-nosed desire to  find out
 how  you could maximize human  productivity under  certain  environ-
 mental  conditions, i.e., industrial  conditions.

       The techniques,  the attitude, and the  rationale for environ-
  mental human  clinical research were  established by  the investi-
  gators in  the Harvard Fatigue Lab  around 1927.   The 20-year life
  of that institution takes  us just  past World War II.  Interest-
  ingly enough, many of the alumni of the Harvard Fatigue Lab are
  active in clinical environmental research today.  They moved on
  during the course of World War II to broaden their perspectives,
  and have led into what we have been doing for the last decade in
  clinical environmental research.  These investigators became
  involved in cold and heat stress experimentation because of military
  operations under those conditions.  Of course, the human element
  was the salient element of all that research—altitude physiology/
  dividing physiology, and  submarine physiology, as examples.

        A modern  corollary of  that research  is now  being conducted in
  the hyperbaric  chamber at Duke University.  Because of  the quest
  for new energy sources, investigators are studying ways man can


  76

-------
 adapt  to  1,000  feet of sea water so that oil  may be extracted from
 the  North Sea and other places.

     We are  not alone in developing a rationale for clinical
 environmental research.  We can  rely on a number of years of high-
 level  investigator or research scientist history to help us  develop
 the  rationale for clinical environmental research.

 FURTHER CONSIDERATIONS IN DEVELOPING A RATIONALE

     We must consider three further characteristics when develop-
 ing  our design  rationale.   The first characteristic is  subject
 selection. What is the rationale of subject selection?   Perhaps
 because most of my earlier research work was  with animals, I
 regret not being able to deal with  nice inbred  strains  of mice
 when I am conducting human experimentation.   Because of that,  I
 suppose,  I sometimes err in the  direction of  trying to  design
 clinical  experiments where I have a very homogenous population.  I
 try  to control  as many of  the covariants within the population as
 I possibly can,  to minimize  both inter-  and intra-subject variance.

     The  globe  is not populated  with 20-year-old robust Caucasian
 males who happen to be students  at  the University of North Carolina.
 Many inter-subject characteristics  must  be taken into consider-
 ation—ethnicity,  race,  and geography, to name  a few.   There are
 differences  in  cardiovascular performance and pulmonary per-
 formance, and there are probably profound differences in metabolic
 characteristics  that we are  just now learning to measure.  What is
 true for  our  experimental  subjects  may not be quite true for the
 population at large.   However, I think tests  have to be based  on a
 highly homogeneous  population so as to minimize  the inter-subject
 variance.

     My tendency as a first  step is to try to identify  all of  the
 characteristics  I  can possibly measure in the subjects,  and  specific-
 ally select  for  or  against  those characteristics.   In this way, I
 achieve as homogeneous  a population as possible,  albeit an artifical
 one.  Using the  information from the  first step,  I  inject that
 information  into the  rationale for  the succeeding experiments  that
we do, changing  the characteristics  of subject  selection as  I
pointed out in the  carbon monoxide  experiments.

     The  second  characteristic to consider in developing a rationale
 is dose selection.  Dose in the  usual  sense of  the  word is the
 amount or level  of  environmental  stress,  or the  quantification of
the environmental  agent that will be used in  the  experiment.
There is a bit of circular logic  involved  in  how you decide  what
 is going to happen  with respect  to  your dose  selection.   At  the
minimum, we like to make some statistical  statements about dose

                                                                77

-------
selection and relevance because we are conducting the research for
a specific reason.

     The third characteristic that must be considered in develop-
ing a rationale for clinical experimentation is the selection of
end points.  As I indicated earlier, a cardiologist will not worry
about evoked potentials, and a neurophysiologist does not care
much about stroke volume.  The person who designs research in
clinical environmental medicine has to take several backward steps
to  look at what is known about the biology of the environmental
agents he is studying.  He must design experiments that are con-
strained by  staff and  budget, and take advantage of an exposure
 situation to explore a variety of end points that are judged  to  be
 the most  relevant biologically, and the  most likely to yield
 important  information.

      In summary,  the  rationale  for  designing clinical environ-
 mental research is  multifaceted,  and  has to do with  research
 objectives and available resources.   Most importantly,  because
 both the objectives for the research  and the  resources  that are
 available are determined by the questions that society  asks,  the
 rationale has to strive diligently to maintain a high degree of
 relevance to the social questions that are being posed.
  78

-------
      Discussion Summary
      The issue was raised whether experimental scientists should
 concentrate on anticipating and solving problems,  rather than
 waiting for problems to come up and then solving them.   Partici-
 pants noted that some scientists currently operate according to
 the former procedure.  For example, scientists have been success-
 ful in using biomathematical engineering to study  the possible
 effects of certain pollutants.

      However,  investigators said that they do  not  always have the
 resources to design and conduct what would be  considered antici-
 patory studies.   In addition, many  of the  topics chosen  for  study
 are questions  that are formally posed to the EPA by Congress  and
 that are important to the  public (e.g.,  how safe is our  environ-
 ment?)  Thus, the  investigator has a limited amount of time in
 which to conduct  anticipatory studies.

      Participants also discussed the  drawbacks in  conducting
 experiments  in a  clinical  rather than  a  natural  setting.  Is a
 clinically manipulated environment  representative  of what goes on
 in  the  natural environment?  Discussants considered the case where
 a group of factory women who, in a  laboratory situation sweat less
 than men, were observed on the  job  to be producing as much sweat
 per hour as the males  did in the  clinical setting.  Although this
 points  up the  fact that the way  a subject reacts in the laboratory
 may not  be the way he  reacts in  a natural environment,  partici-
 pants pointed  out that no matter what group of subjects you are
 working  with, the investigator will always be faced with some form
 of bias.  For  example, the factory women who disproved  the theory
 based on clinical research that women sweat less than men, in
 themselves are not representative of women in general.   They are
 women who have chosen to work in a hot factory, who have chosen to
participate in the study, and so forth.  Thus,  any test  reactions,
be they derived from a clinical  or natural  setting, are  not
necessarily representative of what occurs in the general  population.
                                                                79

-------
     Finally, investigators discussed the  need to allot adequate
time to completely examine and answer a study question.  Partici-
pants felt that the Congress and EPA administrators appreciate the
need to plan long-range targeted research, and that money may be
set aside for anticipatory research.  Anticipatory research is not
research that investigators plan to conduct in the future; rather,
it is research that will take many years to complete.
 80

-------
 Subject Selection,  Investigator Interactions,
 Informed  Consent in Clinical and
 Environmental Research
      David A. Otto, Ph.D.
      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
      Jeanne T. Hernandez
      Institute for Environmental Studies*
              A revolution is going on in psychology.  A
          different image of man is being tried as a guide to
          research, theory, and application.  Over the  years,
          theorists have conceptualized man as a machine; as
          an organism comparable to rats, pigeons, and  monkeys;
          as a communication system; as an hydraulic system;
          as a servomechanism;  as a computer—in short, he has
          been viewed by psychologists as an analogue of
          everything but what he is;  a person.  Man is, indeed,
          like all those things; but first of all he is a free,
          intentional subject.1
                                        —Sidney M. Jourard

PHILOSOPHICAL PERSPECTIVES:   BEHAVIORISM vs. HUMANISM

     During the past two decades a lively debate  has ensued between
the proponents of  the humanistic and the behavioristic traditions
in psychology and  related disciplines in the social and clinical
sciences.  This debate is directly relevant to the conduct  of
human research,  since many time-honored principles concerning  the
relationship of the  subject and  experimenter have  been called  in
question.
* University of North Carolina


                                                          81

-------
     Beneath the "sound and fury"  of men like Sidney Jourard and
B.F. Skinner lies the fundamental  philosophical question of man's
freedom to behave in a non-deterministic, unpredictable manner.
According to a strict behavioristic model (or Freudian model for
that matter), man's behavior is entirely determined by either
external environmental stimuli or unconscious inner motives and
drives bubbling up from the depths of the psyche.  Although Skinner
and Freud may seem to be rather incompatible bedfellows, Skinnerian
and Freudian theories are both highly deterministic with respect
to human behavior:  that is, both theories imply that human behavior
can be predicted and, to some extent, controlled by the appropriate
manipulation of internal or external stimulus conditions.

      This  deterministic view of man  conflicts  rather  strenuously
with  the  traditional  humanistic view of  man  as  a rational  being,
possessed  of a  variety of  constitutional freedoms,  including  the
right to  withdraw  from any scientific  investigation whenever  the
 spirit moves.   In  fact, the humanistic  revolution  in social  psycho-
 logy  has  spawned  an entire field  of research devoted to subject-
 investigator interactions.2r3   The implications of  the humanistic
 revolution extend far beyond  psychology, however,  since the  Federal
 Government has now imposed strict regulations in accordance with
 the National Research Act to  safeguard the "free will" or voluntary
 nature of participation in all HEW-funded human research projects."
 In essence, these legal  and ethical constraints are designed to
 preserve the freedoms essential to the humanist view and to deny
 the behavioral controls alleged to the opposing view.

      Requirements of the National Research Act are difficult, in
 some respects, to reconcile with scientific objectivity, as well as
 specific objectives of environmental research.  Miller 5 has succintly
 summarized the dilemma:  "The goals of meaningful scientific  inquiry
 may be at odds with the value of treating man  in a dignified  and
 respectful manner."  This paper will explore some of the potential
 conflicts among the elements of informed consent and the  conduct
 of environment research.

       The  traditional objective of human research  is  to determine  the
 effect of  some carefully  controlled manipulation  on behavior.  In
 other words, we predict that  some  external  stimulus (such as noise)
 or internal stimulus  (such as food or  drugs)  will alter behavior  in
  a systematic  way.  If we  seriously  entertain the notion that man
  behaves  in a  totally non-deterministic, unpredictable manner, then
  human research would be  a waste  of time.  We can easily extract
  ourselves from this paradox  by adopting a compromise philosophy
  wherein  some  behaviors  are subject to external control, while other
  behaviors are mediated by internal volitional processes.  Even the
  most extreme humanist would be unlikely to deny the effects on
  82

-------
 human behavior of heat, cold, sleep deprivation, or carbon mon-
 oxide poisoning.

      What is the consequence of man's tendency to behave unpredict-
 ably? The exercise of free will in the laboratory yields consider-
 able noise in the data which the humanist calls "individual dif-
 ferences" and the behaviorist calls "intersubject variability."
 At this point the two investigators rapidly part company,  for the
 humanist is concerned with enhancing individual differences,  while
 the behaviorist seeks to minimize intersubject variability.  The
 manner in which subjects are selected determines,  to a large
 extent, how much heterogeneity or homogeneity the  investigator may
 expect.  After a decade of behavioral research,  however, we can
 attest that the application of stringent criteria  based on stand-
 ard personality and medical inventories,  physicals,  and interviews
 to secure "normal,  healthy" populations has been remarkably unsuc-
 cessful in reducing intersubject variability.   No  matter how
 rigorously subjects are screened in preparation for  human  experi-
 ments,  there is little hope of ever attaining a pure laboratory
 strain of Homo sapiensI

      The problem of intersubject variability is  particularly
 severe in clinical  environmental research where  the  objective  is
 to define the threshold level  at which  a  given substance produces
 significant impairment in  function.   Threshold effects, by defi-
 nition,  are "just noticeable differences."   The  challenge  in this
 field is to minimize  individual  differences,  regardless of the
 philosophical bias  of the  investigator.

 SELECTION OF A PROTOTYPE SUBJECT

      How do we  go about  selecting human subjects for environmental
 health  effects  studies?  Subject recruitment,  though seldom pursued
 as an independent profession, has evolved to an  exacting science
 in Chapel Hill.   Since the  University constitutes the primary
 industry,  the student population is the major, if somewhat transient,
 source  of subjects.   That is, the normal, healthy, red-blooded
 collegian represents  our closest approximation to a  standardized
 laboratory animal.

      One  might  object  at this point that our choice  of "prototype
man"  is not  particularly representative of the larger population
 to  whom we wish to  generalize our findings.  Dr. Shy, for  in-
 stance, argued  at this symposium for the use of  specific clinical
populations  considered to be unusually sensitive or  susceptible  to
certain environmental  insults.   The rationale  for using healthy
young adults  is that any functional impairments observed can be
inferred  to be more severe  in susceptible populations.  The prob-
ability of observing effects attributable to low level exposure


                                                                 83

-------
may be artificially low in healthy young adults leading to Type II
errors of statistical interpretation.  That is, we may conclude
that substance "X" produces no deleterious effects in the general
population when, in fact, the same exposure may actually produce a
functional impairment in an older or less healthy population.  The
risk factor, however, is correspondingly lower in healthy young
adults than other populations.

     How do we define our standard subject?  Prior to initiating
any experiment, the principal investigator provides the recruit-
ment staff with a specific list of criteria.  I will quickly
review the criteria used in selecting subjects for recent neuro-
behavioral and physiological studies of environmental insult.  In
general, the criteria for selection of subjects to participate in
studies which involve at least a marginal health risk are consider-
ably more stringent than the criteria used in other studies which
do not entail any health risk.  The monetary inducements also vary
relative to the associated risks or discomforts such as repeated
blood draws.

      Ethical considerations preclude the exposure to risk of
children, minors, or any other population that cannot provide
informed consent. Current studies are limited to adults aged 18-
40, although middle-aged and elderly subjects have been used in
previous studies of the effects of CO on the onset of angina
pectoris.6

      For pragmatic reasons, we have limited research to adult
males. The potential danger of toxicant effects on the unborn
fetus and the  increased variability associated with hormonal
changes during  the menstrual  cycle are primary considerations.   In
order to preclude the possibility of fetal damage, women must be
given a pregnancy test prior  to each experimental session.   Since
the observed effects of environmental toxicants, particularly at
anl osvchT    T' tSnd t0 bS extremelv subtle, the physiological
as oo^ih^T        °f SUbJeCtS mUSt be "^tained as constant
            *   E*PO™eS W0uld have ^ be carefully synchronized  to
                  !   menstrual cvcle * ™™*  subjects to  control
      This strategy can be problematic  in the  present climate of
           .iity.   For example,  three coeds  once walked into our
            demanding equal time and equal oav
 The^i'riV!!!'1 ^  pr°gress in a  transparent  plastic exposure chamber,
 bicycle ergometerVwhUet0 °bS8rVe * ****** ^° "** P^alin^ a
           .                ripped to the waist for EGG recording.
         . *   -^u!re 9S    if they sti11 wished to participate, two
         and  withdrew their request. The third coed, however,

 84

-------
 smiled and asked when she could begin.  The Institutional Review
 Committee, however, had not authorized us to expose females to
 ozone!

      The variable of race, like sex, raises ethical and pragmatic
 difficulties.  Ewing et al.,7 for instance, have shown that blacks,
 orientals, and whites are differentially tolerant to the effects
 of alcohol.  There is reason, therefore, to expect differential
 racial responsivity to environmental stressors such as carbon
 monoxide which is also considered to be a CNS depressant.   If a
 multi-racial population is studied,  a sufficiently large sample
 from each racial group is required to statistically evaluate
 possible racial differences.   The usual practice (which could
 easily be construed as discriminatory)  is to use subjects  of a
 single race in order to eliminate this source of variability from
 the data.  One strategy to avoid statistical and ethical conflicts
 is to restrict subjects in an individual study to a single race,
 but to use different races in different studies.

      How do we define "psychological"  normality?   Prospective sub-
 jects complete the Minnesota  Multiphasic Personality Inventory
 (MMPI)  and must score below the  75th percentile,  unless otherwise
 specified by the principal investigator,  in order to participate
 in environmental studies.   Scores on the MF scale are disregarded,
 since most college students score high  on this scale.   The MF
 scale reflects aesthetic  interests more than the  masculinity-
 feminity dimension for which  it  was  originally intended.

      The use  of  the MMPI as a psychological  screen is admittedly
 arbitrary,  although the test  is  standarized  and widely used.   The
 MMPI  is  neither  foolproof  nor all  inclusive.   For instance, the
 standardized  MMPI profile  does not indicate  if a  prospective
 subject  is  claustrophobic.  It is  simpler to ask  directly  if  the
 individual  is afraid  of staying  in a closed  room  for  a  long time.

      Why should  the  environmental  researcher be concerned  about
 the psychological normality of prospective subjects?  The  need is
 readily  apparent for physical examinations and careful  scrutiny of
 the medical history of prospective subjects  to minimize the possibil-
 ity of extreme physiological reactions to pollutant exposure.  It
 is also  necessary to assess the emotional stability of prospective
 subjects  since prolonged confinement in a relatively small testing
 chamber  and/or exposure to a substance that  is presumed to have at
 least mildly toxic effects can induce considerable psychological
or emotional stress, even in psychologically normal subjects.
 Individuals exhibiting any signs or history of psychological
abnormality should not be used in environmental health effects
studies.
                                                                85

-------
     The potential psychological risks inherent in any clinical
environmental study are seldom considered seriously by investi-
gators and are rarely articulated to subjects during pre-experi-
ment briefings.  In many studies, this oversight represents a
clear breech of informed consent!  The measurement of pollutant
effects on psychological dimensions such as mood, anxiety, or
hostility has likewise been neglected and constitutes an important
area for future study in clinical environmental research.

     Smokers have been excluded from experiments testing the
effects of carbon monoxide, ozone, and sulfuric acid aerosol.
This exclusion is particularly important where the test substance
is  expected to alter oxygen uptake or respiratory function.  How
long should prospective subjects have been non-smokers in order to
ensure  "normal" lung function?  Our physicians have specified a
minimum of 10 years in oxidant experiments, a requirement that has
strained the resources of the recruitment staff on occasion.  In
essence, this requirement limits subjects in college-aged popu-
lations to those who have never smoked tobacco.

     Should the same criteria apply to marijuana smokers?  In
practice, a double  standard is applied in the case of "pot"  verus
"tobacco" smoking.  Investigators have adopted a much more tolerant
attitude toward the occasional marijuana smoker than to the  occasion-
al  tobacco  smoker.  At least half of our undegraduate recruits
admit  to  the occasional use of pot, and the percentage is probably
much higher.   Why  the  double standard?  in this case, scientific
 objectivity  has been  sacrificed  to  humanistic  (and pragmatic)
 considerations.

      Other  criteria used  in subject selection  include limitations
 on the use  of  stimulant beverages.  Subjects should  not  have
 consumed more  than two cups of  coffee, tea, or coca-cola,  or any
 other liquid stimulant within one hour of  the  start  of the experi-
 ment.   In addition,  subjects cannot have consumed more  than the
 following limits  of alcohol within  the  24  hours preceding the
 experiment (these limits  vary for different  experiments):   in
 neuro-physiological experiments,  the  limit is  24 ounces  of beer,
 or approximately two cans, within  24  hours of  the test;  12 ounces
 of wine,  or approximately two glasses; three ounces of  hard liquor,
 two shots of whiskey, rum,  or vodka,  and so on.

      Furthermore, the subject  cannot take  any  drugs, prescribed or
 otherwise,  within 48 hours of  the experiment.   The term "drug-
 includes antibiotics, antihistamines, barbiturates, amphetamines,
 marihuana,  heroin, cocaine,  steroids, or other substances pre-
 scribed or self-administered for health, happiness, or habit.  In
 some cases, the attending physician or psychologist may allow the
 subject to take aspirin,  bufferin,  or related compounds before the
 experiment.

86

-------
     To avoid the problems of sleep deprivation or the converse
during the experiment, subjects are required to have six to ten
hours sleep during the previous night, and to sleep regularly
within this normal range over the course of the experiment.

     Prior to exposure to any toxicants, prospective subjects
complete an exhaustive medical history/ the Duke Medical In-
ventory, and are given a physical exam by EPA physicians.  Any
history of allergies or significant medical problems generally
excludes candidates from participating in an experiment.

     Does the stringent selection process destine our experiments
to produce negative findings or no effects?  Perhaps it does.  In
other environmental laboratories in this county and in Europe
there is much feeling that an investigator would get better results
if he used a susceptible population.

INVESTIGATOR ATTRIBUTES AND INTERACTIONS

     We have focussed thus far on attributes of prospective subjects
which might influence performance in an environmental health
effects study.  Attributes of the experimenter can likewise affect
the performance of subjects and possibly bias experimental results.
This problem has been studied intensively by social psychologists
during the past decade.  Rosenthal2 reviews a wide range of bio-
logical (e.g., sex, age, race) and psychosocial (e.g., anxiety,
hostility-warmth, authoritarianism) attributes of the experimenter
which affect subject behavior.  For instance, college-aged subjects
tend to cooperate better with experimenters of their own age and
race, but of the opposite sex.  The simple effects of biological
variables, however, can be counterbalanced by or interact with a
multitude of psychosocial variables.  An experimenter perceived to
be anxious, hostile, or rigidly authoritarian will elicit less
cooperation from subjects than an experimenter perceived to be
confident/ warm, or tolerant.

     These observations may seem banal, but researchers seldom
consider such obvious subject-experimenter interactive effects in
the design of a study or the analysis of data.  Let us consider a
hypothetical example.  The objective of a proposed study is to de-
termine the effect of low level oxidant exposure on treadmill en-
durance in healthy young adult males.  Experimenter A is an at-
tractive, congenial young woman, and experimenter B is a quiet,
slightly over-weight, middle-aged man.  Which experimenter is
likely to achieve better rapport with subjects?  And how might
subject-experimenter interactions affect the results of the study?

     Based on age and sex factors, we can predict that subjects
will probably establish better rapport with the female than with


                                                                 87

-------
the male experimenter.  In terms of performance, we can also
predict that subjects will probably exhibit greater treadmill
endurance for the female than male experimenter.  The objective of
the experiment, however, is not to enhance subject-experimenter
rapport or treadmill performance, but to impartially determine the
effect of oxidant exposure on treadmill endurance.  If we wish to
minimize the effects of experimenter attributes on performance  we
would probably obtain less biased results from the middle-aged
male!

     This example, furthermore, confronts us with a basic dilemma
in clinical environmental research.  Subject-experimenter inter-
action is but one of many motivational variables which can affect
the performance of subjects.  Since the effects of low level
toxicant exposure are likely to be subtle, motivational variables
of this kind can easily mask the effect of exposure and lead to
false negative results.  On the other hand, the current Zeitgeist
of human research, mandated in many respects now by federal regu-
lations, is to treat subjects in a war™, open, humanistic manner.
Subjects are persons, not guinea pigs!  The chaTIe^Tlfto strike
a balance between humanistic concerns and scientific objectivityT

SUBJECT EXPECTANCIES, INFORMED CONSENT, AND SCIENTIFIC OBJECTIVITY
gator™ction        ^^'^V*  ^ect-investi-
 subject  performance,  what aubjLt
 an  experiment  is  an important detemin* I  I !     °r tO happen in
 experiment.    Psychologists fre^ue prefer **£*"""*
 variable as  experimental or instruction^ «  I .    SXPec
 familiar with  this phenomenon      '
                                         be
 other variables  that  the exper^Lf   ^ **** ^ 6ffect8 of
 studies,  for  instance, usSny^nclud!    ^ tO t6St'
 which subjects ^knowlngirreceivf f  K P a°eb° conditio"
 contain  the active  ingredients of \L*?*t°XlC* that d°SS not
 receiving the "placebo" aredLef  S% ^ be±ng tested'  Subjects
 to distinguish the  genui^ eff "tl      the,,in-sti9ator in order
     often therapeutic,
                                                       *
                       .    udth
 from subjects  the  true objectives of ^ PaSt W&S Simply to  conceal
 under test.  Although the necessitv tl   ," ^ " ^ h^otheses
 studies is  generally accepted  tn.      * ^^ condit^ns  in  drug
 other types  of human research'if  "**, °f dec^^ procedures in
 institutional  review boards?  ^11^ *ly **ncti°™* any longer  by
                              Full disclosure to
                                  —-r o«i«^tj.onea any longer by
                                   disclosure to subjects of the

-------
 objectives/ procedures, discomforts, and risks constitute elements
 of informed consent which must now be obtained prior to partici-
 pation in any experiment.

      We are faced again with a dilemma in which ethical consider-
 ations and human rights may be at odds with scientific object-
 ivity.  A priori disclosure to subjects of the anticipated effects
 of an experimental manipulation will obviously shape expectancies
 and bias responses.  Let's consider a specific example:  an experi-
 menter warns subjects that ozone exposure may cause temporary
 irritation of the eyes, throat,  and chest; headache;  and nausea.
 The experimenter cannot obtain a valid, unbiased measure of the
 frequency or severity of these symptoms following exposure.  Nor
 can single- or double-blind control procedures be effectively
 employed since the presence of ozone is readily apparent to both
 subject and investigator.

 THE ELEMENT OF RISK IN CLINICAL  ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH

      Specification of risk in environmental research  also raises
 contradictions.   How can we adequately inform subjects of the
 anticipated risks of exposure when one of the basic objectives of
 environmental health effects studies is to determine  empirically
 what those  risks  are?   On the other hand,  we  have no  legal right
 to  expose humans  to any conditions that might significantly impair
 any vital function for an extended period of  time.  The margin of
 risk in any proposed human study must be extremely small,  and any
 functional  impairments produced  by exposure must be transient and
 completely  reversible.   The enigma of clinical environmental research,
 therefore,  is how to determine the threshold  of human risk to
 pollutant exposure without exposing humans to significant riskl

      In conclusion,  federal regulations to protect the  rights of
 human subjects severely limit the  scope and conduct of  clinical
 environmental  research.   The  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency
 has  been mandated by Congress to  determine the  risk to  human
 health  of a  wide  gamut of potentially toxic substances.   The
 Department of Health,  Education, and  Welfare  has likewise  been
mandated to  protect  the  rights of  human subjects.   Unfortunately,
the  two  mandates  are not entirely  congruent.   Clinical  environ-
mental  researchers must  carefully  tread the tightrope between
these opposing mandates  since the  achievement of meaningful environ-
mental  quality standards  hangs in  the  balance.
                                                                89

-------
REFERENCES

1.   Jourard, S.M.:  Disclosing Man to Himself.  Litton Educational
     Publishing, New York, 1968.

2.   Rosenthal, R.:  Experimenter Effects in Behavioral Research.
     John Wiley, New York, 1976.

3.   Rosenthal, R., and Rosnow, R.L.:  The Volunteer  Subject.   John
     Wiley,  New York,  1975.

4.   PL 93-348  implemented in accordance with  the  Code of Federal
      Regulations  (45 CFR 46).

 5.    Miller, A.G.  (ed.):   The Social Psychology of Psychological
      Research.   The Free Press (McMillan),  New York,  1972, p.  76.

 6.    Anderson,  E.W.,  et al.:  Effect of low-level carbon monoxide
      exposure on onset and duration of angina pectoris:  A study in
      ten patients with ischemic heart disease.  Ann.  Intern. Med.
      79:46-50,  1973.

 7.   Ewing, J.A., Rouse, B.A., and Pellizarri, E.D.:  Alcohol
      sensitivity  and  ethnic  background.  Am. J. Psychiat.  131:2, 1974,
   90

-------
      Discussion Summary
      Participants discussed the importance  of  physical criteria in
 screening subjects;  for example, what is  the subject's aerobic
 capacity?  Is the subject under or overweight?  It was agreed that
 all subjects should  undergo a rigorous physical examination before
 being allowed to participate in an experiment.  It was further
 noted that some investigators simplify the  process of finding
 healthy subjects for each experiment  by forming subject pools from
 which to draw subjects  as they are needed.

      Discussants also questioned how  the  investigator verifies the
 information the subject tells him.  For example, how can the
 investigator be sure that a particular subject has never smoked a
 cigarette?  Or that the  subject didn't  drink four glasses of wine
 the  night before the experiment?   Some investigators said they
 take subjects at their  word.   Others devise series of questions
 designed to elicit the  truth from prospective subjects.

      Participants discussed  methods of screening middle-aged and
 elderly subjects.  In general, the screening method depends on the
 purpose of  the  study.   For  example, middle-aged persons  are regarded
 as particularly sensitive to pollutants.   Therefore,  any tests
 involving pollutants would necessitate testing to ensure that none
 of the  middle-aged subjects are over-sensitive to pollutants.

      Discussants agreed that all subjects, regardless of  age,  must
 be carefully tested,  perhaps more intensively than they  are at
 present,  to ensure the  subjects' safety.

      Assuming that there is no such thing  as a  "normal" man,
 discussants questioned how investigators arrive at a  set  of criteria
 to select subjects for specific experiments. The  process of
 determining a set of  criteria was described  as  "evolutionary."
Thus, over the span of a number of tests,  investigators gradually
                                                                91

-------
develop a list of variants that have proved to be important in
choosing subjects and preparing them for an experiment.  For
example, after conducting a number of tests, investigators deter-
mined that a lack of sleep would distort a subject's test responses.
Thus, subjects are required to sleep a certain number of hours on
the night before the experiment.

     In some instances, criteria are tailored to specific experi-
ments. For example, in tests involving respiratory measures,
investigators would want to know whether a subject has a history
of lung disorders.

     Some discussants indicated that they have used  female sub-
jects  in their experiments with no problems.  Other  participants
urged  the use of healthy middle-aged and elderly subjects in
experiments.

     Finally, one  participant  suggested a randomization of the
double blind  procedure, to avoid  biasing a  subject's test response
by telling  him at  the  start of the experiment what effects to
expect.   A  subject would  still know what test effects  to expect,
but he would  not know  on  what  day he would  actually  be exposed  to
the test substance.

      Some participants  felt that  if  a  subject was  sufficiently
 susceptible to  the powers of  suggestion, it would  not  matter
whether or not  he  was  exposed  to  the test  substance  because he
 would react the  same in either situation,   m addition, partici-
 pants  said that if the effect  of  the exposure is strong  enough,
 responses induced  by suggestion would  not  be critical.
 92

-------
 Acute Versus  Chronic Studies
      David Bates, M.D.
      University of British Columbia
      Vancouver, Canada
      Acute  studies are those that involve  an exposure of less than
 12  hours duration in a controlled environment, with observations
 of  changes  in physiological function.   Recent concern over air
 pollution has undoubtedly precipitated  an  increase of interest in
 what  these  studies may reveal and also  in  their limitations.  If my
 memory serves me right, in the 1890's,  J.S. Haldane graphically
 demonstrated the unique importance and  value of human studies when
 he  breathed carbon monoxide when exercising and noted the effects
 on  himself.  I recall that the experiment  ended when he fell off the
 bicycle ergometer.  Haldane noted that  these experiments gave him an
 insight into the physiological effects  of  progressive carbon monoxide
 intoxication, which he couldn't possibly have gained from animal
 observations.

      I believe that a few years from now,  historians will be rather
 surprised at how slowly the development of acute studies in a
 controlled environment occurred.   After all, the major pollution
 episodes took place more than 20 years ago/ and it is still possible
 to go into the medical literature  looking for a specific answer  to
 an important question and find that very little experimentation  has
 been done.   In the case of sulphur dioxide, for instance, we  do  not
know precisely the range  of individual variability,  or the  association
of a high sensitivity to  sulphur dioxide as measured by changes  in
airway resistance,  to other thresholds of sensitivity as measured
                                                              93

-------
by the inhalation of mecholyl or histamine.  We  do not  have  a
precise quantitation of the effect of mouth or nose  breathing
in an atmosphere of S02 on the  development of changes  in airway
resistance.  We do not know whether  a two-hour exposure on one day
will  influence the response in  a  given  individual in succeeding
days.  We  do not know whether the acute response to  sulphur
dioxide  is any different  in individuals who  live and work in
relatively high  concentrations  of this  gas and,  in general, we
have  very  little acute  laboratory data to put alongside our
guesses  of its  chronic  effects.  I mention these obvious outstand-
ing questions  to indicate that it should be a matter of surprise
to us that one can ask these and find that we do not have reliable
 laboratory data to answer them, when we have known  for  a  long time
 that sulphur dioxide is one of the principal constituents of  the
 older type of air pollution episode.

 ACUTE EXPOSURES

      In general, we require that acute studies  mimic  actual
 exposure  conditions and  we try to isolate independent variables.
 This may  be a difficult  task  since  exercise  alone without any
 environmental contaminants will  cause  a decline in  expiratory
  flow rate or  an increase in  respiratory resistance  in asthmatics.
  In the  case  of  oxides  of nitrogen,  we have  recently been given
  the results  of  an acute exposure experiment in asthmatics,1
  which indicates that this gas in relatively low concentration
  enhances the response of the asthmatic to a subsequent challenge
  by mecholyl.   This is a good example of the value  of such  acute
  experiments.  It has been suggested that an exacerbation of
  spontaneously occurring asthma is one of the earlier  effects of
  oxidant  pollution.  The acute experiments on ozone have  undoubtedly
  helped us to define better the  levels at which significant airway
  obstruction develops, and have,  in addition, given us an important
  idea of  individual variation.   We  have  also found  evidence, I
  think  for the  first time, that  the response to this  gas, when
  acutely  encountered, may be  lower  in  those  who customarily live
   in  an  area of  relatively high oxidant pollution.

        Taken  together,  these  and  many  other  studies  give us a good
   idea of  the  kind of  information that such  acute experiments can
   provide.  I  would tabulate  these advantages as follows:

        •    The determination of  the earliest measurable physiological
             or biochemical effect.

        •    The study of individual variation and the  modification
             of effects by other pollutants or by other factors
             such as exercise or heat.
   94

-------
     •    The study of individual adaptation or modification of a
          response by previous exposure.

     •    The study of the mechanism of action of the gas concerned
          and the relationship between early symptoms and changes
          in function.

     Acute human studies are also important because they form a
part of the total evidence of the effect of a pollutant, fitting
between animal data and chronic exposure studies.  It is when data
from all three sectors begin to show some general concordance that
we begin to be confident of the emerging picture.  I do not
believe that that picture can be satisfactorily completed unless
acute human exposure data are made available.

     As I have mentioned earlier, the surprise to me is that such
acute studies have taken such a long time to be developed.  I
haven't much doubt that we still have a great deal to learn from
such studies and I think that it is very important that the present
tendency to discount or to make difficult such human studies
should not discourage investigators from trying to undertake them.

OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE

     In listening to a discussion on the precautions that must be
taken by investigators to ensure that volunteers fully understand
the nature of the risks involved in such experiments, it occurred
to me to wonder whether, or how often, we apply the same standards
in relation to occupational exposure.  Are the hazards of asbestos
discussed with those who are going to handle the material? Are
workers in the rubber tire industry told about the increased
incidence of bladder cancer in workers in some sections of that
industry? Interestingly enough, a recent Royal Commission in
Ontario2 has recommended that because the radiation hazard of
uranium was not explained to the miners in advance, and they were
not told of the hazard of this exposure when paired with cigarette
smoking  all men in that occupation who develop lung cancer should
be considered eligible for full compensation.

     I have a feeling that some people are unenthusiastic about
acute human studies because of a particular perspective on the
problems of decision-making.  Their argument would run somewhat
lika this- "I am not interested in the level of a gas sufficient
to cause reversible bronchospasm in a normal individual, unless
vou are nrepared to tell me that reversible bronchospasm is a
disease."  I think this argument requires discussion.  I note that
tne Sorid Health Organization report on atmospheric pollutants
laid down four categories of pollutant levels, which were designed


                                                                95

-------
to be helpful to those considering exposure guidelines.  Their
Level III reads as follows:

          "Concentrations and exposure times at and above
          which there is likely to be impairment of vital
          physiological functions or changes that may  lead
          to chronic disease or shortening of  life,"

     This is a convenient definition since obviously a concentra-
tion of the gas sufficient to cause acute airway obstruction  is
causing impairment of a vital physiological function.   We there-
fore do not have to distinguish between  that effect and the
possibility of causation of a chronic disease  in setting a pollu-
tant level within the category of Level  III.

     I think, that this objection to acute studies is really quite
illusory.  We are very likely to make a  decision that  concentra-
tions of gases high enough to cause easily measurable  impairment
of  airflow in normal people is not an environment that we should
accept as strictly necessary or desirable.  Those who  would argue
that reversible bronchospasm is not a "disease" are presumably
prepared to argue that reversible bronchospasm can be  safely
ignored in the setting of  ambient standards.   As far as I am
concerned, in that discussion the burden of proof rests with  them
to  demonstrate that repetitive bronchospasm of that kind is not
producing adverse effects, before we  should accept that the
environment that produces  it should be considered acceptable  for
the general public.   I do  not feel therefore that this objection
to  acute studies, which  is essentially an attitude of  "we won't
know what to do with  the results when we get them," is one  that
should play much part  in determining  their appropriateness.

     The other objections  to acute studies have  to do  with  the
necessary artificiality  of the protocol. This is unavoidable if
you want to  eliminate  a  good many variables present  in the  normal
outdoor  environment.   But  it may be a valid objection  that  ethical
considerations prevent especially  sensitive people  frolbeing
studied and preclude  studies on  those whose carlo-pulmonary

acutely  ust? C™1Vd'   * ^ alread* "ned a  recent
acute  study  using nitrogen dioxide at very  low concentration in

                        in
                                      h<^thy normal people in the
 96

-------
 CHRONIC EXPOSURES

      In my opinion, chronic experiments on pollutants are not
 really possible in the laboratory.  I do not have a precise
 definition of chronic, but exposures lasting weeks or months do
 not seem feasible in terms of human experimentation, and there-
 fore, the only "laboratory" that can be used for such studies is
 one in which individuals are already exposed to higher levels of
 some materials than are the rest of us.  These chronic exposures
 give us an opportunity to study comparative morbidity in different
 occupational settings, and without doubt they are helpful in
 defining the upper level of exposure permissibility.

      In the case of oxides of nitrogen, the studies of tunnel
 workers in New York  exposed to relatively high concentrations of
 automobile exhaust indicated a probable upper level beyond which
 overt and obvious respiratory consequences would be detectable.
 In the case of sulphur dioxide,  a recent study of smelter workers
 exposed chronically and intermittently to less than five parts per
 million of S02*will prove very valuable in indicating the conse-
 quences of exposure to sulphur dioxide at that concentration on
 ventilatory function.   In the case of  ozone,  it would be helpful
 to have detailed knowledge of any deterioration or lack  of it in
 welders or in air crew who are intermittently exposed to ozone
 levels  high enough to  cause characteristic symptomatology.   The
 recent  reports of acute ozone symptoms occurring in some flights
 from the United States to Alaska indicate the kind of opportunity
 that could be taken advantage of once  the actual levels  of  ozone
 exposure were accurately  known.

      In the case  of carbon monoxide, there  are  population groups
 exposed to  high  concentrations who  may well be  used to provide
 information on its long-term  effects.   Because  of  the common
 dissociation between those involved in environmental  work and
 those involved in occupational medicine,  there  is  a  need for
 bridging the  gap  between  the  two disciplines, and  there  is
 certainly good use to  be  made  of data  secured in one  kind of
 experiment  in relation  to decisions made  in another  sector.

     There  are valid objections  to  this kind  of chronic  study that
 are  relevant  to decision-making, particularly when they  apply in
the  occupational setting.   The work force that  is exposed to
these materials is not  the  same  as  the  general public.   It is
sometimes argued that,  with a  specially selected work force  and
careful medical surveillance, higher exposure levels may be  toler-
ated than you would allow  for the population at large.  But  such
a point of view often takes for  granted the existence of detailed
and precise medical surveillance, which, in my experience, is not
                                                                97

-------
        ««iitv   In spite of these objections, every opportunity
  The taken lo make measurements of individuals breathing higher
"ncentratfons of some materials than the rest of us, and  I cannot
see anything wrong with that kind of scientific opportune.

     The whole field of epidemiological  study may be  viewed as  the
loaical way for  us to  begin  to  understand effects.   In  respect  to
carcinogenesis,  of course, it  is  the only tool  open to  us  except
for  laboratory testing of suspicious materials.

 STANDARD-SETTING

      Before I conclude, I wish to reflect on the relationship
 between all these modes of experimentation and decision-making on
 standards.  It seems to me that it is the concordance of data that
 provides the most convincing case on which defense of any single
 number for human exposure can be successfully mounted.  There are,
 however, some other considerations that I feel I should draw to
 your  attention.

       First,  in  reading the  voluminous and expanding  literature  on
  standard-setting, I think it  is  as well to  remind  ourselves  that
  the essence  of  the  standard-setting process is  to  be able to
  advance  a hypothesis  on  the basis  of  the best  information avail-
  able.  The hypothesis may be  simply that exposure  of a normal
  population to not more than some level  of  a contaminant will not .
  have any adverse effects on the physiological function of the
  individual,  nor any long-term effects on his health.  I would
  argue that this kind of hypothesis is not greatly different from
  the kind of hypothesis that scientists are constantly advancing in
  respect to laboratory experiments, and the deductions that may be
  drawn from them.  There is sometimes a tendency to  blur  this
  essential similarity by arguing that in one case  the scientist  is
  dealing with "hard fact,"  and in other cases, the information  is
  relatively  soft.

       We  can also recognize that it is  quite easy  to frame questions
   from the political sector  that  are beyond  the  scope of  any  kind of
   scientific  experiment to answer in any precise way.  However,  what
   is being attempted in the  standard-setting process is to look
   carefully at some  hundreds of scientific  papers  and to distill
   from the accumulated data  the best  available hypothesis for protec-
   tion of the public.

        In that endeavor,  both acute and chronic studies are neces-
   sary, and there doesn't seem to me to be any reason to  favor one
   kind of study over the other, since they answer  different kinds of
   questions and provide a different sort of information.  What  seems
    98

-------
 to me to be indisputable is that both kinds of information are
 needed, as is the information we get from animal toxicological
 studies, and one in no sense excludes the value of the other.  The
 initial title I was given to address on this program perhaps
 suggested that there was some kind of competition between the two
 kinds of studies I have talked about, but this doesn't seem to me
 to be an appropriate attitude.  What seems to me more necessary to
 emphasize is how little of this general work has been done in view
 of the obviously pressing nature of the questions that naturally
 arise from the man-made environmental deterioration to which most
 of us are exposed.

      Second,  I feel that in the acute studies and,  indeed, in some
 of the chronic ones,  there is a special advantage in studying
 physicians.   Our initial studies of 0.75 parts per million of
 ozone5 were  all done  on physicians for several reasons.   They
 could be presumed to  understand fully the nature of the risk;
 they might be specially capable of recording early symptoms;  and
 we felt we could rely on them to discontinue the exposure if
 untoward symptoms occurred.   In some situations,  therefore, there
 is a special  merit  in adopting that kind of  protocol.   In chronic
 studies too  there are some advantages to studying physicians  and
 you will remember that Dr.  Richard Doll's original study  on ciga-
 rette smoking and lung cancer was  based on a prospective  study of
 British doctors,  partly because he expected  that  the  diagnosis
 would be more  accurate in  them,  and also because  he hoped that he
 would have a  lower  dropout rate.

      Third, I  think we should not  only  view  our work  as being
 necessitated by questions  that  society  is  insisting should be
 answered, we should accept the  responsibility of  generating the
 questions and  of  working towards knowledge that we  can see is
 going to be needed, often  in  advance  of  any  public  appreciation
 that  the questions are indeed important.   It is important to
 preserve the opportunity for  innovative  research  in advance of
 public opinion.

      In  that connection  I might end by telling the  story  of the
 encounter in the  street at night between a slightly inebriated
 man who  was circling around under a street lamp, and a helpful
passerby who asked him what he was doing.  "I have dropped my
 keys  somewhere," the first man said, and the second joined him in
 looking  for them.  After a few seconds, the second man inquired,
 "Are you sure you dropped them here?"  And the first man  replied,
 "No, but this is where the light is."  In reviewing our research
effort,  we must always make room for the important idea in a field
not yet  illuminated by the glare of public attention.
                                                                99

-------
REFERENCES

1.  orehek, J., Massari, J.P.,  Gayrard,  P.,  Grimaud,  C.,  and Charpin,
    j.: Effect of short-term,  low-level  nitrogen dioxide  exposure on
    bronchial  sensitivity of asthmatic patients.  J.  Clin.  Invest.
    57: 301-307, 1976.

2.  Report of  the Royal  Commission on the Health and Safety of Workers
    in  Mines.  Province  of  Ontario, Toronto, Canada,  1976.

3.  Ayres, S.M., Evans,  R., Licht, D.,  Griesbach, J., Reimold, F.,
    Ferrand,  E.F.,  and Criscitiello, A.: Health effects of exposure
    to  high  concentrations  of  automotive exhaust.  Arch.  J5nv. Health
    27: 168-178,  1973.

 4.  Smith, T.J.,  Peters, J.M., Reading,  J.C., and Castle, C.H.:
    Pulmonary impairment from chronic exposure to sulfur dioxide  in
    a smelter.  Artier* Rev.  Resp. Pis. 116:  31-39, 1977.

 5.   Bates,  D.V.,  Bell, G.M., Burnham, C.D., Hazucha, M., Mantha,  J.,
     Pengelly, L.D., and Silverman, F.: Short-term effects of  ozone
     on the lung.   J. Appl.  Physiol.  32: 176-181, 1972.
  100

-------
      Discussion Summary
      Participants discussed the problem of distinguishing defense
 mechanisms from toxic responses in the lower dose acute studies.
 Whether or not they trigger reversible or irreversible changes,
 defense mechanisms cannot be equated with toxic responses.   Some
 participants questioned the exact meaning of "toxic  response."
 For example, sweating is a normal non-toxic response to heat, but
 excessive heat,  even with the sweating response,  can kill a  person.

      Further discussion focused on the phenomenon of a repetitive
 stimulus that provokes a physiological response.   Participants
 noted that evidence is mounting to indicate that  a repetitive
 stimulus that causes a physiological response may produce long-
 term adverse effects.   For example,  a follow-up study  of  18-month-
 old infants afflicted with bronchiolitis  revealed that at ages
 seven to ten,  these children showed compromised pulmonary function.
 Participants agreed on the need for more  follow-up data and  acute
 studies  on repetitive stimuli.

      Participants  also discussed the  trend  away from controlled
 experimental studies  that  last  longer than  twelve  hours.  Studies
 of  this  duration were  not  thought  to  be useful to  the  researcher
 for  two  reasons.   First, most exposures occurring  in the  environ-
 ment are episodic;  for  example,  an  exposure to a pollutant.  Thus,
 a study  that exposes  a  subject  to a pollutant for  an extended time
 period would not be a valid model for  an investigator.

      Second,  studies that  run longer  than twelve hours are not
 long enough  to be valid models  for studying long-term effects.
 For  example/ if a researcher were interested in studying the
 effects  of long-term exposure to sulfur dioxide, the appropriate
 study subject would be a smelter worker who had been exposed to
the  substance for the last five years.  Thus, the experiment that
lasts longer than twelve hours is usually too short or too long  to
be practicable.
                                                               101

-------
 Role of Automatic Data Processing  in
 Clinical Research
      Frank Starmer,  Ph.D.
      Duke University Medical Center
     When discussing automatic data processing  in the setting of
clinical research,  it is helpful to have a sharp idea of what
clinical research is.  For this discussion, we  will define clinical
research as the activities associated with acquiring and transform-
ing clinical or patient experiences into knowledge.  This knowledge
allows us then to predict or anticipate outcomes, given a character-
ization of a patient and his surrounding environment.  This knowl-
edge of patient-environment interaction is thus helpful not only
in establishing effective treatment, but also in developing policies
for maintaining our surroundings that are compatible with a desired
quality of life.

     The basic tool of the clinical investigator is the stimulus-
response experiment.  Experimental preparations are characterized,
as well as the stimulus or change in environment with which the
preparation exists.  Certain signals representing function of the
preparation are monitored over time and changes are detected.
Because signals sometimes contain variations over space or time
that seem unrelated to the experiment,  a control study is usually
carried out where the environment is standardized.   Thus, changes
in the monitored signals obtained from  the experimental study are
considered significant only when they exceed the changes observed
in the control study.
                                                             103

-------
 SOFTWARE
     Data processing plays a number of roles in the support of
clinical research as described above.  First, signals from patients
or experimental subjects must be acquired.  These signals usually
contain much redundancy and therefore are not dealt with in their
virgin form.  The signals are first transformed into a set or
sequence of primitive elements.1' *' 3 These primitives are assumed
to allow adequate description of the original signal.  The
representation of a signal by a sequence of primitives is called a
message.  As an example, when dealing with the electrocardiogram
we can choose several classes of primitives to construct a message.
One class contains the characters p, q, r, s/ t,   where each
character represents a certain feature.  A message constructed
from this set of primitives might appear as

             P_qrs_t ___ P_q_rs__t ___

Another class of primitives might be the set of integers where the
integer selected is the amplitude of the signal at a
time.  Thus, the sequence


           1 2 3 2 1 0 0 -1 -2 -3 -3 -2 2 4 10 20 10 4 2

                -2-3-2-1000012321000

                                                             n
                                                            in
in the pattern recognition.
features must be
                                                     of consistency
                                                    Ascribe the
                                           H°WeVer'  tO be useful<
                                        and organized in a
                                  role where
clinical research
messages and distribute «,«
derived features to            9S3'
management
such, can be
and data analysis actvities

                                                  °f
                                             features from incoming
                                             comP°*ents ,  and
                                               *** bulk
                                                   »^«»««t and as
                                                data
104

-------
      Although feature recognition is not usually considered part
 of data management activities, I would submit that it, in fact,
 is.  Feature extraction or recognition, such as computing heart
 rate from the EKG, many times does not need to occur in real time
 as does data acquisition.  Therefore, it can and probably should
 be deferred to minimize the overhead during data acquisition.  The
 logical place to put feature selection is in the activity that
 deals with message and file management, i.e., the data management
 activity.

      Another reason for considering feature extraction as part of
 data management is that it tends to be evolutionary in nature.
 For instance, during the early phase of an experiment, heart rate
 may be the only parameter thought to be of interest.   However, as
 the experiments progress, it is observed that S-T segments really
 seem to reflect the stimulus and therefore should be  analyzed.  If
 the original data were represented in sufficient detail by primi-
 tives,  then this new feature could be extracted from  old studies
 without reacquiring the primary data.  This activity  is clearly
 data management.

      Data analysis is perhaps the most difficult area in the
 support of clinical research.  Because data analysis  tends to be
 evolutionary during the life cycle of a research project,  the
 tools for supporting analysis must be flexible.   It is here that
 the flexibility of a computer can be  used  to a considerable extent.

      Data analysis is the combination of selecting  subsets of the
 original  database,  and analyzing  selected  variables within these
 subsets or comparing subsets.   Since  the degree  of  subsetting
 cannot  be  easily forecast,  it is  important to organize a data file
 in  such a  way that subsetting is  easy.  For this  reason,  a flat
 file  or matrix  file is  a  useful data  structure.1*  The rows of the
 matrix  represent instances  of the research protocol (1  row = 1
 patient),  while  the columns represent the  data values of  various
 parameters.   The matrix can be  represented in  either  row  order
 (direct file) or column order (transpose file).   The  transpose
 representation  is most useful  for subsetting, while the  direct
 file  is most  useful for data  analysis.

      In a  computing system  supporting data  analysis,  flexibility
 is  achieved by avoiding the binding of variables  in a user program
 directly to columns in the  matrix.  By interposing  a  dictionary
 that  associates  variable names with column positions  between  the
 user program  and the  data files in the matrix, the  accessing
program can avoid the need  to know the exact location of variables
 in  the  file   structure.  Thus, adding or changing variables  simpli-
 fies modifying dictionary entries, while the software driving  the
                                                                105

-------
data analysis  remains  unchanged.   Program maintenance is minimized
using  such  dictionary  driven  databases.

HARDWARE

     The partitioning  of  research support activities into data
acquisition,  data  management,  and data  analysis leads naturally to
a  distributed view of  the hardware used to implement these activi-
ties.   In our own  laboratory,  we  have developed the support soft-
ware in such  a way that the communication between data acquisition,
data management, and data analysis is relatively clean and well-
defined.  A clean  interface then  makes  it possible to support
various components on  a variety of hardware devices.  For instance,
while  text  based data  entry  (history, physical, etc.) is supported'
by the computer that primarily manages  the database, some of the
graphic data  entry activity is supported by remotely located
microprocessor based systems.   In addition, while some data analysis
is performed  by the data  management machinery,  we also utilize the
resources of  our university computation center.

     The point of  all  this flexibility  is to allow for the known
unknown, that is,  we all  know that tomorrow we  would like to
improve some  aspect of the experiment but we don't know exactly
what.   Decentralizing  data acquisition  in particular is very
helpful in  this regard,   if a small micro or mini computer
supports some phase of data acquisition, it can be changed without
much involvement of other hardware/software functions, whereas
if^h   JT9       activitv d°*s not lead to easy change.  Similarly,
if too data, manaf™ent ^rategy is supported on a dedicated system,
it too can  be modlfled without much long-range  effect.  With
switchin    * dr°!f lng' SU<=h  Sn aPProach aPPears viable.  Task
                    "  minimized at
switchin                                               .
cation SLTET   " minimized at the ~»t of increased communi-
                    SYStemS*  Jt W
 watch  h                       Jt WU1  certai«ly be interesting to
 watch the progress  over  the  next few years.
 SUMMARY

106

-------
REFERENCES

1.   Horowitz/  S.L.: A  syntactic  algorithm for peak detection in
     waveforms  with application to  cardiography.   Comm.  A.C.M,  18:
     281-285, 1975.

2*   Kirsch, R.A.: Computer determination  of  the  constituent
     structure  of biological images.  Comp. Biomed.  Res.   4:315-328,
     1971.

3.   Cox, J.R., Fozzard, H.A., Nolle, F.M., and Oliver,  G.C.:  Some
     data transformations useful  in electrocardiography.   In
     Computers  in Biomedical Research.  (Vol.  3) Academic Press,  pp*
     181-206. 1969.

4.   Starmer, C.F., Rosati, R.A., and Simon,  S.B.:  Interactive
     acquisition and analysis of  discrete  data.   Comp. Biomed. Res.
     5:505-514, 1972.
                                                               107

-------
      Discussion Summary
      In a discussion  of  the  computer operator's role in processing
 clinical data,  participants  said  that the increased reliability on
 the operator  to review complex  records as they are processed
 increases the reliability of data analyses.  This is true particu-
 larly in those  instances where  the computer program does not seem
 to  be acting  reliably or where  extraneous signals are coming in.
 Participants  said  that in some  cases, the computer operator is a
 laboratory clinician.

      Some of  the discussants prefer to use an automatic data
 acquisition system that  eliminates the necessity for operator
 interaction.  Participants said this procedure ensures that an
 objective data  base will be produced.  These discussants felt that
 using operators in the data review process introduces an element
 of  doubt  as to  the reliability of the resulting data base.

      Participants  also discussed the role of automatic data
processing  in patient care.   When the patient enters the hospital,
 an  intern records  his medical history and chief complaints  on a
check  list  form distributed by the data processing laboratory.
Next,  the laboratory determines whether the  patient's data  is
accurate by checking the collected data against other hospital
test results.   If there is a discrepancy between the laboratory
data and hospital test results,  the patient  is re-examined.

     Discussants said that automatic data processing improves the
quality of patient data by double checking its accuracy.
                                                               109

-------
ENVIRONMENTAL AND PHYSICAL SAFETY
CONSIDERATIONS IN HUMAN
EXPOSURE FACILITIES
   Moderator: Russell Pimmel, Ph.D.

-------
 Environmental Controls and Safeguards
     Morton Lippmann, Ph.D.
     Department of Environmental Medicine
     New York University Medical Center
     The test environment, and, in particular, the exposure atmos-
phere, are of primary concern in controlled  inhalation studies.
There are many physical factors in the test  environment that can
affect the results of an experiment*  Temperature, humidity, light
and noise levels,  and many other factors need to be stabilized,
controlled, and described adequately.   However, considering the
focus of this conference, it seems most appropriate to emphasize
the exposure atmosphere.

     It is necessary to control the environmental variables in an
exposure atmosphere for two basic reasons*   One reason is to protect
the subjects from  accidental exposures and overexposures.  The other
reason for controlling environmental variables is to protect the
integrity of the experiment.  If, because of faulty instrumentation
or sloppy work, the subject is exposed to the wrong level of contami-
nant, the integrity of the experiment  becomes questionable.  Extra-
neous materials in the exposure atmosphere can also affect an experi-
ment's re sul t s •

     The integrity of the exposure level must be assured in order to
interpret the experimental data accurately.  For example, slug
exposures may elicit different responses than steady exposures, and
although we generally design experiments to  have a constant level of
exposure, we do not always achieve it.   In some of the older studies,
which were performed without the aid of modern instrumentation,


                                                             113

-------
investigators had variable exposure levels during the course of
an exposure.  Sometimes the reports simply indicated the average
concentration, without any indication of how much the exposure
level varied.

DESIGNING A FAIL-SAFE EXPOSURE SYSTEM

     There are some basic principles of control which are used in
designing a fail-safe exposure system.  Control valves can be
either normally open or normally closed, and must be energized to
turn them to  their alternate position.  Such controllers will
revert to their normally open or closed mode when the power  fails.
Clearly, in designing a test system  involving  human exposures, the
investigator  would want to make sure that  whenever there is  a
possibility of  equipment  failure,  the  exposure would be reduced  or
stopped, or at  least maintained at a near  constant level.  The
investigator  cannot have  a system  where the  supply valve of  a  gas
bottle  is  left  open at the same time that the  ventilation  or
dilution air  closes down  because of  a  fan failure.   This  could
 lead to the subjects  being over-exposed to the test  substance,
with possible serious  consequences.   In1 addition,  the  integrity of
 a whole series of experiments  could  be ruined.

      Another principle or variable that has to be considered in
 experimental design is the temporal  response of the test system.
 How rapidly can the exposure concentration be raised or lowered to
 achieve the appropriate level of exposure? If the concentration
 starts to go up or down for reasons extraneous to the experiment,
 how rapidly can the investigator bring it back? How quickly can he
 take action, either manually or automatically, that will keep the
 concentration within prescribed tolerance limits? These are the
 basic elements of feedback response that have to be considered  in
 the experimental design, and these  variables  are part of the
 specifications investigators have to  establish in the fabrication
 or construction  and installation  of test  equipment.

      A  selection must be made between manual  and automatic  control
 of  the  test  environment.  How much  automatic  control  is necessary
 or  desirable,  and how much  interaction should there be between the
 analog  output  of concentrations and the  individual  operator or
 mechanical controller who is  doing  the fine-tuning  of the concen-
 tration?  Clearly,  for most  investigators, the answer  to  this
 question  depends not  only on  what method is ideal,  but also on
 what method is compatible with the  budget.   The absence  of sophis-
  ticated automatic  controls  and data processors need not limit
  experimentation.  With adequate  means of manual control,  many
  kinds  of  experiments can be performed quite successfully.
  114

-------
      Redundancy is important in the generation,  monitoring,  and
 control of the test atmosphere.  We do not want  an experiment
 interrupted or endangered by the failure of one  component of a
 system.  It is relatively inexpensive to provide alternate means of
 at least monitoring and controlling the concentration.   This way,  if
 one element fails,  the investigator can finish the day's experiment
 on the  back-up system and not have to worry about losing control of
 the experiment or terminating it prematurely.

      Finally,  the investigator must be somewhat  compulsive about all
 the problems that could occur in the experiment,  and have contingency
 plans to follow in the case  of an emergency, in  order to protect the
 subjects and the integrity of the experiment.

 FORMATION OF THE EXPOSURE ATMOSPHERE

      The first consideration in a discussion of  test atmospheres is
 methods of atmosphere generation.   This discussion will  be restricted
 to areas relevant to human studies,  primarily  concentrating  on the
 ambient pollutant gases and  aerosols of both oxidizing and reducing
 atmospheres.   Current studies involve chambers and exposure  equipment
 for studies with sulfur dioxide (SO2 ),  nitrogen  dioxide  (NO2  ),  ozone
 (0, ), carbon monoxide (CO),  and sulfur  oxide (SC^ )  particulates.

 GENERATION OF  GASEOUS ATMOSPHERES

      Carbon monoxide,  sulfur dioxide, and nitrogen dioxide are
 readily available as bottled gases,  and we do  not  have to worry
 about extraneous  contaminants being  introduced in  the process  of
 generating the gas.   On the  other hand,  for gases  formed in  chemical
 conversions, other products  might  be introduced  during the reaction
process.   There  are  well-established systems for metering compressed
 gases into a dilution airstream to serve as the exposure atmosphere.
Both SCfe  and N02  are highly  corrosive vapors,  and  should only  be
passed  through chemically  resistant  lines.  For NCj ,  which condenses
to  a  liquid at room  temperatures,  the lines must be  heated.

     Ozone, which is a  very  reactive and unstable  gas, cannot  be
bottled.   The  conventional system  for generating ozone uses  an
ultra-violet light source  to  form  ozone  from atmospheric oxygen.

     Aerosols, of course,  cover  a  broad  range  of chemical  composition.
An aerosol  is  a suspension of particles  in  air.  These particles can
be either  liquid or  solid, and  they  come  in all different  particle
sizes.  One  specific  aerosol  used  in  several current  human studies
is sulfuric acid.  Other human  studies have used other SOX aerosols;
in particular,  ammonium sulfate  and  ammonium bisulfate.
                                                                115

-------
AEROSOL GENERATION

     All of the SO  aerosols are soluble in water.  The general
technique for generating such aerosols into human exposure environ-
ments is to use a nebulizer, which shears a liquid into a stream of
fine droplets of the appropriate size.  The size of the droplets is
somewhat controllable, depending on the design of the nebulizer, and
whether it is driven by compressed air or an ultrasonic transducer.
The particle size is also affected by the concentration of the
chemical in the water being nebulized.

     The nebulizer can generate a limited range of droplet sizes,
and since the equilibrium size depends on the humidity of the air,
the generators produce both water vapor and droplets, which  are more
concentrated in terms of the solute than the liquid being nebulized.

     Using conventional nebulizers, the investigator  can readily
generate particles whose predominant  size ranges  from 0.1 to 1 micron.
This is usually an appropriate size in air pollution  studies, because
a large part of the  SOX aerosol in the atmosphere falls into this
size range.

     A single particle size  is not generated by any conventional
nebulizer.  The investigator generates a particle size  dispersion,  a
so-called  hetero-dispersed  or poly-dispersed aerosol.  This  is  not
necessarily a bad technique, in that  it produces  an integral exposure
that corresponds  to  the  exposure  people are exposed to  in  the
environment.  On  the other  hand,  in calibrating our systems  for
their  response  and  the response of our monitors  for particles,
response  is usually very much dependent on particle  size.

MONO-DISPERSED  AEROSOLS

      Sometimes mono-dispersed  (particles  of  the  same  size)   laboratory
 aerosols are  needed.  There is  no uniform method of generating a
mono-dispersed calibration or  test aerosol over the entire  range of
 particle sizes*  The particle sizes that we  are concerned with run
 from about a few hundredths of  a micron to ten microns.

      The vibrating orifice generator (Figure 1)  is one method of mono-
 dispersed aerosol generation in general use recently for particles
 of about one micron and larger.  A pressurized liquid stream is
 forced through a small hole, which is either three,  five, or ten
 microns in diamteter, depending on the desired size  range of the
 droplets.  An aerosol will form when the liquid  stream is forced
 through the hole under pressure.  However, such aerosols will be
 relatively large and hetero-dispersed.  If this  technique is combined
 with a high frequency electrical disturbance, which  translates into
 116

-------
                                               AEROSOL
                               OPTIONAL—
                               Kr-85 NEUTRALIZE? •
                               (TSI MODEL 3054)
                           DROPLET GENERATION
                               AND
                           DISPERSION ASSEMBLY
   Schematic
   of particle
   formation.
     o
     o
     0
     o
 JL
COMPRESSED
  AIR 	•
(15PSIG)
                                                SYRINGF
                                                 PUMP
 Figure 1.  Schematic diagram of vibrating orifice aerosol generator.
            Source:  TSI, Inc., literature.
 a mechanical disturbance, the investigator can make  the  jet break
 up  into uniform droplets.  With an appropriate frequency applied to
 the piezo-electric transducer, the droplet size will be  about
 three.

     With  the vibrating orifice, the investigator can produce
 droplets with a geometric standard deviation as low  as 1.02, or
 just as mono-dispersed as possible in a laboratory,  and  comparable
 to  the  dispersion nature achieves with various pollens.   Residual
 solid particles of a much smaller size can be obtained by using
 dilute  liquids.   This method is preferred for forming particles
 larger  than  one micron.

     A  system cannot be  run  reliably with an orifice smaller than
about two or three microns in diameter.   So,  the investigator is
limited to droplets of six to eight microns and to solid particles
of about half a  micron at the smallest.
                                                                117

-------
     For the larger size particles, there is an alternate to the
vibrating orifice technique/ the spinning disc, which produces
aerosols of essentially the same size range and concentration as
the vibrating orifice.

     A different technique can be used to produce a narrow range of
particle sizes in the very small size range.   As shown  in Figure 2,
mobility classifier introduces the aerosol with unit electrical
charges at  an outer annulus of a cylinder, and the particles
migrate toward the central electrode, propelled by their electrical
charge.  There is a clean air sheath that all  the particles have
to  traverse.  This is important because  it means that  all particles
have essentially the same radial distance to cross the central
electrode.   If the particles of the  same mobility came in across
the whole  cross  section, those that  started nearer to  the electrode
would  reach it first.

      In a  poly-dispersed aerosol,  where  all the  particles have  one
 charge,  their migration against the  aerodynamic  drag of the airstream
 toward the central  electrode  is determined  by  their  size.   If,  at
 this  point, there  is  a  place  to withdraw the  aerosol on the electrode,
                                                      Charged
                                             clean airT06'080'
  Figure 2.   Schematic diagrams of electric mobility analyzer tube as
             used in mobility size analyzer (left) and as particle
             separator (right).  Source:  Fine Particles (Liu, B.Y.H.,
             ed.).  Academic Press, 1976, p. 599.
 118

-------
 only particles of a very limited range of electrical mobility and
 particle size will be directed there.  The aerosol drawn through
 the open path will have a narrow range of particle sizes.  One can
 vary the particle size range drawn out at that point by varying the
 air flow velocity or the voltage differential.  This, in effect,
 enables the investigator to go from a few hundredths of a micron up
 to about half a micron in mono-dispersed aerosol generation*

      This technique is inefficient in that only a fraction of the
 generated poly-dispersed aerosol is used.  However, if the investi-
 gator is using a dye or some relatively inexpensive material as a
 calibration aerosol, this disadvantage presents no great problem.

      This technique cannot be used for larger particles because at
 above about half a micron,  the particles tend to have more than
 one charge and can no longer be sorted according to their mobility.

 MONITORING THE EXPOSURE ENVIRONMENT

      There are various approaches to monitoring the exposure atmo-
 sphere and characterizing the concentrations of the chemicals to
 which subjects are exposed.   The traditional and simplest monitoring
 technique is manual sampling,  where the investigator draws a known
 volume of air at a known flow rate through a collector.   For
 particles,  the collector can be a filter;  for soluble gases,  it
 can be a bubbler;  for organics, it can be a charcoal trap.   The
 appropriate collector is used to trap particles with known,  and
 presumably, high efficiency.

      For gases and vapors/ the  collection efficiency needs to be
 known and constant.   If  it is  less  than 100  percent,  the  amount
 collected can be corrected to  compensate  for the lack of  total
 collection.   For aerosols, on  the other hand,  there must  be  100
 percent  collection efficiency,  since the  collection efficiency is
 particle size-dependent,  and the  investigator wants to know  the
 total  amount,  and  not  some estimate  that varies with its  particle
 size  distribution.   In practice,  this  requirement doesn't cause
 any great problem,  since  filters  and other types of collectors
 with  essentially quantitative collection capabilities are readily
 available.

     One  advantage of sample collection and  subsequent analysis  is
that there  is  almost no limit in  the choice  of  sample processing
that can  be done, or in the range of sophisticated  and sensitive
 laboratory  instruments that can be brought to bear  on analytical
problems.  The investigator can get  the ultimate in  sensitivity
and specificity, with correction  for interferences.   On the other
hand, there is a basic limitation in this procedure  in that there
                                                               119

-------
is a significant time lag between sample collection and the determi-
nation of what was collected.  Manual sampling techniques may,
therefore, be used to back up continuous monitors, and perhaps, as
the final arbiter on a substance's exact concentration.  However,
in themselves, they are not of much use in maintaining an atmosphere
at a desired level.

INTERMITTENT/CONTINUOUS INSTRUMENTATION

     Generally, therefore, investigators use two basic types of
automated instrumentation.  One is the intermittent type of operation,
and the  other  is continuous.  For monitoring particles, a combination
of techniques  is generally used because there is a very large
particle range to be covered, and there is no universal instrument
that  can indicate the concentration of each particle  size interval
over  the entire size range.

      One of  the instruments used to measure very  small particles
 (0.08 ym to  0.5 pm) is a  close relative of the mono-dispersed  small
particle generator.  As shown in Figure 2, the electrical aerosol
analyzer works on the same principle  of sorting out  the particles
of a  poly-dispersed aerosol  according to  their electrical mobility.
 Instead of withdrawing the particles  at a specific  location on the
 axial electrode, they are collected on a  current  collecting filter
 at the end of the  tube, and  the  amount of charge  they deposit on
 that  filter  is measured  incrementally. The  voltage gradient and/or
 the flow rate is changed  sequentially to  allow a  different size cut
 to reach the filter.   In  this  way,  there  is  a progression of size
 increments.   This  technique  gives the investigator an accurate size
 distribution in a stable atmosphere,  and, of course, attempts are
 made to keep the chamber atmospheres stable.  On the other hand, it
 takes a finite amount of time to run through these increments and
 collect the size band data to get the size analysis.  This tech-
 nique is an example of an intermittent operation.

      In many cases, this technique is unsatisfactory, especially if
 the investigator wants very tight control of the substance's  concen-
 tration, and  needs a technique that  senses the particles in a
 dynamic system and continuously indicates precisely  what the  level
 is.  Investigators working with carbon monoxide can  use an infrared
 analytical  technique, which does not collect the sample at all.  As
 shown  in Figure 3, it simply directs the gas through the sample
 tube, through which also passes infrared radiation  at wavelengths
 that are sensitively absorbed by carbon monoxide.   There will be an
 attenuation of that infrared wavelength  because  of  the absorption
 of the  carbon monoxide in the sample tube,  and,  thus, the  energy
 received on the detector will vary with  the  substance concentration.
 Operationally,  this technique is best implemented  by using a
 reference tube of clean  air, and getting the difference  in attenua-
 tion between clean air and  the  air containing the  carbon monoxide.

 120

-------
| LIGHT

SOURCE
H n J i,
* i (i r n i ^^« i P f r j
ROTATING (-VAU II *-*-^'
Stream C=

SAf




Sire


O FT

PLE
UBE



m 1=






1





|
1
kid






i
WINDOWS






W£C
PI I
1 1
1 1 |
c r T r\ o
U b 1 ti \v i v/ n
1
1 	
1 ii 4
I
L_

— ~







ows
i— TV
1—=^
^"""^^
'-*—~>






m






V
_}

REF
TUB



=1
i]
I
' . 1 ' *
1

OPT CAL
SYSTEM

RENCE READ-OUT
F
INDICATOR
And
RECORDER
OUTPUT



r

? ! i R.F. __ SIGNAL
	 	 	 ' 1 LIMIT AMPLIFIER

i
1 	
                                        ELECTRONICS
 Figure  3.   Schematic  diagram of  infra-red gas analyzer.  Source:
            Air  Sampling  Instruments  (5th edition).  ACGIH, Cincinati,
            Ohio,  1978.
     Other  gaseous constituents absorb infrared energy; for example,
water vapor.  However, these gases and vapors are wavelength-specific,
so by tuning to the wavelength at which carbon monoxide has prefer-
ential absorptive capacity, the effect of interference can be
removed, giving a sensitive, accurate, and specific analysis of
carbon monoxide.  The only time lag is the insignificant amount of
time it takes to flush the sample through the tube.  This, then, is
a commonly used method of monitoring carbon monoxide on a continuous
basis.  The sensitivity is a function of the length of the sample
tube, which can be 10 or 20 meters with folded tubes.

     There is practically no limit in the laboratory situation to
the sensitivity that can be achieved using this type of instrumenta-
tion.  Similar instruments can also be used in measuring other
gases by choosing appropriate wavelengths of absorption free of
significant interferences.
                                                               121

-------
     An alternate method of testing  carbon monoxide is an intermit-
tent technique, which involves  a  combination of gas chromatography
and flame ionization detection.   The flame ionization detector is
nonspecific, but by coupling  it with the holdup time in the chroma-
tographic column, specific analyses  can be obtained because the
investigator knows when the carbon monoxide will come through the
column and move into the flame  ionization detector.

     The flame photometric detector  illustrated in Figure 4 is
commonly used in measuring the  concentrations of sulfur-containing
gases.  If a sulfur-bearing material is passed through a hydrogen
burner, a light photon  emission will result that can be detected
with sensitive photomultipliers.   It is a nonspecific technique in
that it gives the  investigator  roughly an equivalent response for
hydrogen sulfide,  sulfur dioxide  and some of the mercaptans.  So,
if  the investigator knows  that  the only sulfur gas present is
sulfur dioxide, then the test is  quite specific, but if there are
other sulfur gases, the test  is not specific.  In this instance,
the investigator  can attach  the sulfur gas detector to a chromato-
graphic column  that will  separate out the sulfur species so as to
make the test  specific.  In  laboratory situations, the procedure is
usually unnecessary.
                                  ELECTROMETER
                                             ELECTROMETER
                                        NARROW-BAND
                                        OPTICAL FILTER
             CLEAN
              AIR
             SOURCE
Figure 4.
 122
            Schematic diagram  of  flame photometric analyzer for sulfur
            gases, with permeation  tube calibrator.  Source:  Air
            Sampling Instruments  (5th edition).

-------
      In most  situations,  it is  desirable to have a built-in calibra-
tion  device on the  concentration monitor to ensure that the concen-
tration indicated on the  output chart or on the dial is correct.
One of the more common  devices  used for in-line, continuous calibra-
tion  is the permeation  tube.  For the flame-photometric detector,
the calibration device  shown  in Figure 4 contains liquid sulfur
dioxide sealed into a Teflon  tube.   The tube is slightly porous to
the saturated sulfur dioxide  vapor above the liquid in the tube.
The rate of permeation  of sulfur dioxide vapor out of the tube is
very  much dependent on  the temperature,  but is constant at a given
temperature.   If the investigator holds the permeation tube within
a constant temperature  bath,  he can obtain a known emission rate.
If he gets an accurately  calibrated dilution air flow, he can
determine the concentration of  the  calibration gas and direct it
periodically  into the analyzer  to get a span signal for the instru-
ment.  This is a very convenient way of calibrating. There are
similar calibration tubes available for nitrogen dioxide, and a
number of hydrocarbons  that are readily condensed into liquids at
approximately room  temperature.

      Instruments that measure the light emitted during gas phase
reactions of  nitric oxide and ozone are used in monitoring concen-
trations in chamber and ambient atmospheres.   If an excess of ozone
is mixed with the sample  containing nitric oxide,  as in Figure 5,
the amount of light is  proportionate to the amount of nitric oxide.
                                          SAMPLE
                              FILTER
                             FLOW REACTOR
                         VACUUM
                         GAUGE
    HI LEVEL
    OUTPUT
Figure 5.  Schematic diagram of chemiluminescense NO/NC>x analyzer,
           Source:  Scott Research Labs literature.
                                                                123

-------
This technique can be used for measuring nitrogen dioxide by passing
the sampled air through a chemical converter that converts the
nitric dioxide to nitric oxide, which can then be measured on a
mole for mole basis.  The investigator can differentiate between
nitric oxide and nitrogen dioxide by sequential readings with and
without the converter in-line.

     The same basic  type of  instrument can be used  as  an ozone
monitor by feeding an excess of nitric oxide into the  reaction
chamber.  Other ozone monitors are based on other chemiluminescent
reactions of ozone,  specifically, with ethylene and organic  dyes.

      I  indicated  before  that the mobility  analyzer  could be  used  as
a particle  size analyzer for small particles, but that even  using
this  technique, we could not measure particles  larger  than approxi-
mately  a  half micron in  diameter.  Fortunately, there  are  other
techniques  suitable  for  measuring  the  larger particles.

      The  property of light  scatter is  used in measuring the  concen-
trations  and size distributions  of particles  of three-tenths micron
 diameter  and larger.  When  light is  focused on  a particle in the
 instrument illustrated in Figure 6,  some of that light will be
 scattered.   The amount of light that a given particle will scatter
 depends on its size.  A photomultiplier can be used to detect the
 light output from each particle.  The pulses can be accumulated
 according to size intervals in a multichannel pulse-height analyzer,
 and these intervals can be calibrated according to particle size.
 However,  this technique is not as simple as it sounds.  There are
 other properties of the particle besides its size that affect the
 amount of light scattered, including the refractive index, the
 color, the shape, and so forth, and reliable data depend on accurate
 calibrations of the instruments used.
                 PHOTOMUUIPUEn
  Figure 6.  Schematic diagram of single particle optical particle
             size analyzer.  Source:  Climet, Inc., literature.
 124

-------
      Investigators  in the  laboratory working with droplet aerosols
 or  aerosols  of  fairly regular  shape, have  fewer problems  than
 investigators working with particles in the  ambient air,  which come
 in  a  great variety  of compositions  and shapes.   Thus,  in  the
 controlled laboratory experiment, a reliable calibration  can  gener-
 ally  be  developed relating the optical-inferred diameter  to the
 real  diameter.   These instruments are not  continuous monitors
 because  they accumulate  and sort the pulses  for a given interval,
 and then display a  distribution.  However, the  response time  can be
 fairly rapid.

 MEASURING THE PARTICLE'S MASS  CONCENTRATION

      Both of the methods described  for measuring particle concentra-
 tions and size  distributions,  i.e.,  the small particle mobility
 analyzer and the larger  particle light-scatter  analyzer,  measure
 the diameters of particles and sort them by  so  many numbers of
 particles in each size interval.  Number concentration is important
 in  many  studies, but  in  studying toxicology  and its effects on
 people or animals,  the investigator generally needs to know the
 aerosol's mass  concentration.   Since the mass of a particle varies
 with  the cube of the  diameter  and with the density,  the investigator
 needs to know more  than  number distribution.  On the other hand,
 the automatic machines accumulate a very good statistical base.
 The investigator comes up  with fairly good approximations by  using
 transformations  to  volume  distributions.  If the particles' density
 is  determined, the  investigator can calculate a mass median diameter
 distribution or  a concentration.

     While such  data  transformations may be  justifiable in some
 cases, the investigator  is  not really measuring the property  that
 is  being reported.  It is,  therefore,  sometimes necessary to  directly
 determine the aerodynamic  size distribution, since this is the
 distribution of  sizes that  affects  deposition in the respiratory
 tract.   If a system of somewhat redundant measurements can be
 justified, it is best to use a variety of complementary aerosol
measurements involving light scatter,  mobility,  and aerodynamic
properties.

     The  beta attenuation technique  combined with a  two-stage
 collection system,  as illustrated in Figure 1,  sorts the  particles
by  their  aerodynamic  size and  measures the mass in each fraction*
Using this technique, the air  enters an impaction jet  at  the  top,
and particles above a cutoff size, depending on their  aerodynamic
properties,  will be collected  on the  back-up filter.   The  investi-
gator can  continuously monitor the mass  of accumulated particles
collected  at each stage using  the beta attenuation technique.   A
carbon 14 source is used as a  beta emitter.  The  amount of &-radiation
                                                                125

-------
                            TWOMASS







s





t OETE





CTOR^
^•••••IMBMM
6


Q
•••••••••••
•1
1Ur/
I4c

X

Tl^
^IMPACTION
/ STAGE

0
.---
S^
s^-
'0
•••••••••1
1 	




-Si DETECTOR
-FILTRATION
STAGE

-14C


TO PUMP
PREAMP
«.
AMP/
cue.
r \
COUNTER
t *•
TIUEN

COUNTER
-• \
AMP/
DISC
r \.



PREAMP
t

P
R
N
i




~V

PROORAMMASLEl 	
CALCULATOR )



1 TAPE |



Figure 7.  Schematic diagram of TWOMASS mass concentration analyzer.
           Source:  Fine Particles,  p.  551.
that reaches the detector depends on the ^-absorption in the accumu-
lated sample between the source and the detector.

     There is only about a 10 percent variation in beta attenuation
with mass number (Z), with the exception of hydrogen, and hydrogen
does not usually contribute much to aerosol mass.  So, by and
large, the amount of beta attenuation by the impacted particles on
the first stage tells the investigator how much mass of material
has been collected in large particles above the  impactor cutoff
size, and the attenuation of the particles on the second stage
indicates the mass of small particles below the  cutoff size.  How-
ever, the response time of this technique is not very rapid, and
may not be adequate  for feedback control of generation rates in
chamber atmospheres.

     Another  type of direct monitor of  aerosol mass  concentration
utilizes quartz-crystal oscillators as  mass balances, and  is illus-
trated  in Figure 8.  Very  small  sample  masses can be detected  as
they accumulate on the  quartz  crystal  oscillator.  The  quartz
crystal  is  cut  into  a particular mode,  and  electrodes are  attached
126

-------
                                    Mass Sensitivity
                                      Distribution
                  0.2mm
               CRYSTAL
ELECTRODES
 Figure 8.  Schematic diagram of quartz-crystal oscillator used as
            a mass balance, showing sensitivity over crystal face.
            Source:  Fine Particles, p.  489.
 on each side*   When a high frequency signal is applied,  the crystal
 oscillates,  and its oscillation frequency depends on the mass of
 the crystal.

      When particles are deposited on the  crystal,  its mass  increases
 and the oscillation frequency decreases,  therefore,  the  sample
 accumulation can be measured  by the  change in  the  frequency of the
 oscillator.  In modern instrumentation, frequency  counting  is
 relatively simple and precise,  and very sensitive.   Thus, infinites-
 imal  masses  produce readily measurable signals*

      However, this technique  has  its  limitations.  The sensitive
 zone  does  not have a uniform  sensitivity.   It  is greatest at the
 center  of  the electrodes and  falls off toward  the periphery.
 However, it  does  provide a sensitive  indication of mass, and with
 enough  calibration to be sure of  its  performance under the  given
 operating  conditions,  can be used as  a sensitive mass monitor.

     Another instrument that can be used to provide an approxima-
 tion of mass concentration of particles in the one-tenth to  one
micron  range is the  integrating nephelometer, which is illustrated
 in Figure 9.   This technique measures the total scatter of an

                                                                127

-------
                  AEROSOL OPTICAL PARAMETERS
      CLEAN ATP            AEROSOL
       PURGE  NARROW T?AND    OUTLET
                               TUNGSTEN  FILAMENT
                                 LIGHT SOURCE
             ,
             OPTICAL FILTER
                            I | 1
                                        OPAL GLASS
                            SCATTERING VOLUME
             COLLIMATING DISKS
                                         AFROSOL
                                          INLET
                                                         CLEAN AIR
                                                           PURGE
             AEROSOL
              OUTLET
                     TUNGSTEN FILAMENT
                       LIGHT SOURCE
                       SCATTERING VOLUME
Figure 9.  Schematic diagram  of  integrating nephelometer.
           Fine Particles, p.  521.
                                                            Source:
aerosol.  The instrument  discussed earlier measures the  scatter
from individual particles.   The nephelometer, by contrast,  measures
the scatter of a  cloud, i.e.,  the total scatter of all of  the
particles in the  sensing  zone.

     If the investigator  has the proper calibration and  particles
in the one-tenth  to one micron range, he can obtain a correspondence
between the total light scatter, the b-scat function, and the mass
concentration.  This gives the investigator a  rapid response, and
is a good  indicator that nothing very drastic  is  happening to the
atmosphere.   This test may be a good monitor of the  constancy of
the atmosphere, even if it doesn't determine exactly  what the
concentration is.
128

-------
RECOMMENDED BIBLIOGRAPHY

1.  Drew, R.T., and Lippmann, M.: Calibration of  air  sampling
    instruments.   In Air Sampling Instruments (5th  Edition).
    Section I, pp. 1-1-38.  American Conference of  Governmental
    Industrial Hygienists, P.O. Box 1937, Cincinnati, Ohio 45201
    (1978).

2.  Raabe, O.G.: The generation of aerosols of fine particles.
    In Fine Particles (Liu, B.Y.H., ed.). New York, Academic
    Press, 1976, pp. 57-110.

3.  Grassel, E.E.: Aerosol generation for industrial research and
    product testing.  In Fine Particles (Liu, B.Y.H., ed.). New York,
    Academic Press, 1976, pp. 145-172.

4.  Corn, M., and Esmen, N.A.: Aerosol generation.  In Handbook on
    Aerosols.  (Chapter 2, pp. 9-39.) TID-26608, NTIS, U.S. Depart-
    ment of Commerce, Springfield, Va., 22161, 1976. $6.00.

5.  Kerker, M. : Laboratory generation of aerosols.  Advances in
    Colloid and Interface Science 5:105-172, 1975.

6.  Drew, R.T., and Laskin, S.: Environmental inhalation chambers.
    In Methods of Animal Experimentation (Vol. IV).  New York,
    Academic Press, Chapter 1,  pp. 1-41.
                                                               129

-------
     Discussion Summary
     Participants asked Dr.  Lippman two questions:  1)  had he  attempt-
ed to manipulate the orifice shape and jet stream pressure as  a
means of controlling particle size; and 2) had he considered
combining the electrical charge aerosol generator with  a fluidic
vortex amplifier as a means  of controlling power, speed, and size
in the aerosol particles.

     Dr. Lippman responded that he had no personal experience  with
either the vibrating orifice or the electrical charge analyzer.
Participants agreed that the lack of uniformity of shape and
diameter of fibers and other particulates present a real problem
as far as monitoring and calibration are concerned.
                                                              131

-------
Electrical  Surveillance and Integrity
     G.  Guy Knickerbocker, Ph.D.
     Emergency Care Research Institute
     Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania
 INTRODUCTION

      It  is my pleasure to be able  to discuss with you some  of
 the many factors that contribute to the safe and effective  use
 of electrically operated devices in human studies.  In my
 discussion, I will draw largely on the experience of the Emergency
 Care  Research Institute, which evaluates and tests devices  and
 systems  used for patient care.  The Institute's testing spans
 both  the field of diagnostic and therapeutic devices,  a somewhat
 broader  range than average.   In general, I would judge that
 your  interests would most clearly  coincide with the diagnostic
 field in clinical medicine because as I perceive your  work, you
 are recording physiologic variables primarily to assess the
 effect of stimuli acting on  the subject.

     While electrical safety in hospitals is related to two
 different aspects of the electrical shock phenomenon,  commonly
 referred to as macroshock and microshock,  it is my understanding
 that for the most part your  concern would center on macroshock.
 Macroshock generally refers  to electrical currents that occur
through contact points on the surface  of the body.   Microshock
occurs when currents penetrate the  skin barrier through conductors
and go to organs within  the body.   In  general,  microshock
currents  concern us  less  than macroshock currents.
                                                             133

-------
RISKS ATTENDANT TO THE USE OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES

     This presentation will concentrate on electrical risks such
as electrical shock, inadvertent or unwanted stimulation of excitable
tissues, and electrocution.  However, there are other risks that
must not be overlooked, and any program that intends to ensure
safe and effective use of instrumentation and  systems must consider
these risks.  Additional risks in using electrical  devices include
the possibility of fire, especially in oxygen-enriched environments;
burns;  the  subtle effects of chronic  exposure  to  otherwise subthresh-
old electrical currents; or electrical and/or  magnetic fields  and
mechanical  trauma that may be  associated with  improperly  designed
electrodes  or cabinets that have  sharp edges.

      The  risk of  burns must be broadened  to  include burns that
occur because of  the passage of  electrical  current through resistant
tissue, causing  heat to  be produced by  joule heating,  and those
burns that  occur  because of chemical  reactions at the surface of
the  body,  caused by the  passage  of  current  through the tissue
electrode interface.  Current-induced thermal burns are  not at all
unlikely in those cases  where  the electrical current used is at a
 frequency above  that which evokes sensation, and current densities
 can easily be so great as to  cause severe tissue damage without
 any electrical shock effect.   For example,  the problem of current-
 induced thermal  burns has been particularly acute  in the use of
 the electrosurgical unit.  This unit employs currents of the order
 of 1 mHz and levels that approach or exceed 1 amp.

      The subtle effects of chronic exposure to subthreshold currents
 and fields have been studied, producing much  controversial data.
 It is  not  an area that I would judge as significant to your studies,
 but I  feel you should be aware of the possible risks of  chronic
 exposure to subthreshold currents and fields.

      The device that performs improperly and  gives wrong information
 is a risk  factor that normally  is  not considered.   The  device may
 be out of  calibration,  have an  altered frequency response,  or have
 developed  an inappropriate nonlinearity.   The use of  such a device
 is considered a  risk to the patient  because it may lead to  a wrong
 conclusion concerning the subject's  condition.   In clinical medicine,
 a missed diagnosis  because of incorrect  performance of  a device is
 a risk whose  consequences may be every  bit as great as  those of
 electrical shock,  burn, or  fire.

 THE  EFFECTS OF  ELECTRICAL SHOCK

       The host of effects that electrical current  can cause cover the
 whole gamut of  severity.  For example,  a subject  may experience little
  134

-------
 or no sensation upon exposure to an electrical current.  On the
 other hand, electrical current may cause a subject to lose
 consciousness, to suffer severe tissue burns, or to die.  Shock
 sensation can be mild as a gentle tingling at the point of
 contact; or, the subject may experience a much more general
 shock,  producing a tetany of muscles that would make it impossible
 for the person to break contact with the energized circuit,
 thus holding the respiratory muscles in a contracted or immovable
 state so that breathing becomes impossible.   The more general
 shock may also cause such severe muscle contractions that bones
 may be broken.  Electrical current can cause fibrillation of
 the heart or other irregularities of cardiac rhythm, burns of
 the skin and deeper tissue/  or set off a convulsion.

      The outcome of an electrical shock is dependent on a
 number of factors.  As Table 1 indicates,  an important factor
 is the  intensity of the shock, usually expressed in terms of
 the current (for example,  in milliamperes  or amperes).
                                 Table  1
           Effects
 Electrical Current
Threshold  of  sensation
   of electrical  shock

Failure to let  go

Interruption  of respiration

Ventricular fibrillation


Defibrillation of the heart

Prolonged  respiratory paralysis
   and severe burns
 1 milliampere


 10 milliamperes

 20 milliamperes

 60 milliamperes
   to 4 amperes

4 amperes to 10 amperes

above 10 amperes
The values in Table 1 should not be taken as clearly defined
thresholds for these phenomena, but rather as approximate
orders of magnitude at which these responses will occur.  There
are many other factors that affect the subject's response to a
given current.
                                                               135

-------
     Ventricular fibrillation is a state of chaotic disorganized
contraction of the heart muscle fibers that causes the blood to
stop circulating.  In human beings, ventricular fibrillation
rarely spontaneously reverses itself, and is usually fatal
unless treated promptly.  It may seem paradoxical that an
electrical current greater than that which causes fibrillation
can be less lethal, but in fact, this is the case in the current
ranges that are identified with defibrillation of the heart.
This fact is exploited in devices called cardiac defibrillators,
which are used to reinstitute cardiac activity.

     Duration of the shock is almost equally as important as
shock intensity because it governs the amount of energy  imparted
to  the body.  Moreover, many excitatory phenomena provoked  by
electrical currents have an inverse  relationship between the
intensity of  the current and the duration of the current necessary
to  evoke a response.  For example, a short  shock may cause  a
muscle or a nerve  to respond only  if the current is significantly
higher than that current which  will  excite  the  nerve at  a
longer duration.   The contact area also plays a role in  that  it
frequently determines the magnitude  of current  that will result
upon contact.   In  general, a large area of  contact  implies  a
lower  resistance  for the shock  circuit, and therefore,  generally,
a greater  current.

      The pathway of  the shock  through  the  body  cannot  be overlooked.
 A current  pathway  that  does  not include  the heart,  for example,
 a pathway  from one leg  to  the  other, is much less  likely to
 result in  cardiac  irregularities than a current pathway that
 travels  from one hand  to one foot, traversing the  torso and
 going directly through the heart.

      Frequency or waveshape of the electrical source has a
 marked bearing on how a shock affects the subject.  In  general,
 the body is less sensitive to high frequency electrical currents
 than it is to low frequency currents.  Studies on the sensitivity
 of the heart to varying electrical frequencies show that the
 frequency at which the lowest electrical current will cause
 ventricular fibrillation is at approximately 60 Hz.  This
 frequency has been chosen for electrical power distribution,
 and thus is widely available.

      The temporal relationship of the shock to periodic phenomena
 in the body sometimes will determine whether a detrimental
 effect will  result.  For example, very short electrical currents,
 those of the order of  a 10th of a second or less, must  occur  at
 a  specific portion of  the cardiac cycle, frequently referred  to
 as the vulnerable period, if they are to cause ventricular
 136

-------
 fibrillation.  Undoubtedly, there are other physical or psychological
 factors that influence the outcome of electrical shock.  It is
 not outside the realm of possibility that emotional or other
 factors generally relating to the physical or mental well-being
 of the subject affect whether a response to an electrical shock
 occurs.

      Thus, in many cases it is difficult to predict the precise
 outcome resulting from an electrical shock.  Time does not permit
 me to go into depth in this area, but any of the effects of electri-
 cal shock that seem paradoxical become much more understandable if
 these complex interactions are considered in greater detail.

 METHODS OF PROTECTING SUBJECT

      A general philosophy for protecting the subject from electrical
 risks can be summed up simply:  The intention of any protective
 measure is to restrict the current that can pass through the
 subject or to limit the voltage that can be applied across the
 subject.

      There are numberous approaches for enhancing the subject's
 safety,  for example,  because  inadvertent current pathways  so
 frequently involve the passage of electrical current to ground,
 the subject should be protected by insultation materials or
 isolated  from grounded surfaces.   This  reduces the  possibility
 that the  subject will become  a portion  of an unintended current
 pathway to ground.

      Electrical safety is  enhanced when  subject-connected  circuits
 for either the  acquisition of  physiologic information from the
 subject or for  applying stimuli  or monitoring currents  to  the
 subject are isolated  from  the  ground.  When  such circuits  are  not
 ground referenced,  the possibility of inadvertent currents to
 ground through the  patient are markedly  diminished.

      Proper electrical  distribution systems  also  contribute  to
 overall safety.  In this country,  our electrical  distribution
 systems are overwhelmingly  of  the  grounded type,  that is, one  of
 the power-supplying conductors at  each outlet  is  grounded.   There
 are valid  reasons why these systems have  been  developed, though at
 first glance it may seem that  greater safety would be afforded by
a system that has no intentional ground  connections.  Suffice  it
to say that the choice of a grounded electrical distribution
system is predicated upon factors that contribute to the reliability
of the system's performance.

     Since we have to live with the grounded distribution system,


                                                                137

-------
it is necessary to follow proper procedures for installation and
maintenance.  It is particularly important that receptacles be
wired consistently so that the grounded conductor can always be
identified.  Let me comment parenthetically that the grounded
conductor is that power conductor that is a ground potential.  It
should not be confused with the third conductor in a power cord,
the green wire, which serves as a grounding conductor to which the
cases and chassis of electrically-operated equipment are connected.
The differentiation may seem subtle, but even  in devices operated
on electrical distribution systems that do not have any of the
power conductors grounded, it  is still important in improving
safety to ground the cases and chassis through the green grounding
conductor.   When wiring polarity of  receptacles is carried out
consistently, devices can be plugged into that system with a  fair
degree of confidence that the  devices will be  connected  in a
manner that will ensure the  least  leakage current.*

      Effective  grounding may be  considered an  extension  of the
 idea that distribution  systems must  be properly  installed.   I
 draw specific attention to  this  as an  important  factor  in the
 safe operation  of  a system.   Devices that  are  properly  grounded
 reduce the subject's  risk  of exposure  to adverse and inadvertent
 currents.   Effective  grounding includes  not  only ensuring that
 the cases or chassis  of electrically operated equipment are
 grounded,  but also that other conductive materials in the region
 in which equipment is being used are sufficiently interconnected
 to one another and to ground.   When these precautions are taken,
 potential differences or sources of electrical current that could
 become a risk are harmlessly shunted away from or around the
 subject.

      Good design is a keystone to building greater electrical
 safety.  In particular, a design that reduces leakage current and
 minimizes the chance of failures leading to energization of the
 accessible  surfaces or subject-connected leads, reduces the risk
 of shock or  adverse effects.

      Great  strides have been  made in recent years as attention
 has  focused on what was presumed  to be an electrical shock problem
 in  hospitals*  While studies  concerning leakage current were never
 adequately documented  to provide  convincing proof that  leakage
  *Leakage current is usually low current that normally occurs in
   the operation of electrical devices and in pathways other than
   the intended current-carrying circuits.  It emanates from the
   chassis of the equipment and is conveyed harmlessly to ground by
   the grounding conductor in the power cord.
  138

-------
 current was causing the "electrical shock" problem, the attention
 focused on this area nevertheless stimulated improvement in the
 design of medical equipment, so that now the leakage current in
 vast numbers of medical devices has been reduced to levels that
 are considerably lower than those considered achievable in past
 years.  On the average, chassis leakage current from these devices
 is less than 100 microamperes, often as low as a few tens of
 microamperes, and leakage currents from subject-connected leads
 are routinely well below the commonly accepted limit of 50 micro-
 amperes*  These values are commonly accepted as upper limits on
 leakage current from patient-related devices.  Other equipment is
 permitted a maximum leakage current of 500 microamperes.

      In addition to system and device design and implementation,
 there are various specific devices that are frequently introduced
 into the system with the aim of increasing electrical safety,  for
 example, local power distribution systems that are isolated from
 any connection from ground.  Such systems limit the magnitude of
 currents associated with failures in plug and receptacle combinations
 or in power cords.   They provide an added feature  in that they
 permit a faulty system to operate at relatively low risk without
 interruption of power until  an orderly transition  to alternate
 equipment can be made or until completion of repairs.   Many codes
 and standards require that these isolated power systems be  used in
 anesthetizing locations,  since these systems are generally  not
 prone to producing  sparks that could ignite inflammable anesthetics.
 More  recently,  awareness  of  the significance of improving electri-
 cal safety for  the  benefit of  the  patient and attending personnel
 has increased.  This  has led  some to  use  isolated power  systems  in
 special  care  areas  in other  hospitals  and at other  locations where
 it is  felt the  need  for improved electrical protection  may  be
 necessary.

      Ground fault circuit  interrupters are  capable  of sensing
 small  current flows  to  ground  that are outside  of the intended
 pathway, while  at the  same time remaining insensitive to  large
 magnitudes  of current  flowing  in the intended pathway.  There is
 a  widespread application  for this  device; in fact,  the  ground
 fault circuit interrupter  is required by  electrical codes for use
 with electrical services supplying swimming pools,  outside
 receptacles, and bathrooms in newly built homes.  The disadvantage
 of  using ground fault circuit interrupters  is that  on detection
of  a fault, power to the device is interrupted, and this interrup-
tion may be untenable in certain circumstances.

     The detection techniques used in ground fault  circuit
interrupters have recently been extended to another class of
devices, resulting in what is known as a ground fault monitor.
                                                               139

-------
This device can be interposed in the power line to indicate,
either visibly or audibly, when leakage current is above the
prescribed level.  Thus, the ground fault monitor is able to
inform the user when limits have been exceeded, without interrup-
ting the circuit.  Other protective devices, which are much less
commonly used, are those that monitor the continuity of grounding
conductors, thus assuring that adequate grounding of equipment
is present to minimize  the risk of exposure to energized surfaces.

     Two additional  items also contribute greatly to the safe use
of electrical equipment.  One is an effective regular  program of
inspection and preventive maintenance of equipment.  This
practice is most effective when it  is directed not  only towards a
product's  safety and protective features, but also  when it  takes
into consideration the  performance  characteristics  of  a device  or
system.  Failure of a  device  to perform properly may put  the
subject at risk  if,  for example, because of  faulty  equipment,  the
subject must  be  retested in  a program in which  there is  some
inherent risk in the testing procedure.  Second, the user should
be educated in the proper use of  the  device and be  knowledgeable
 of its safety features and its  risks.   The  importance of  this
 second item in enhancing the safety and integrity of electrical
 devices cannot be overstated.

 EXAMPLES OF TYPICAL DEVICE OR SYSTEM PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS

      I would like to cite some problems or failures that have  a
 marked impact on the safety of devices used in everyday settings,
 for example, in the home.  Power cords and plugs often are
 abused.  They lie across floors and are walked on.  Carts  and
 tables are wheeled  over them.  The cord is used to withdraw the
 plug from the receptacle.  People trip over the cord  and put a
 strain on both  the  equipment and the plug.  Therefore, it  is no
 wonder that many  safety problems arise from failures  in power
 cords  and plugs.   Problems of this nature are avoided most
 easily by a regular program  of preventive maintenance in which
 the condition of  line  cords  and plugs  is inspected for cracked
 insulation, to  ensure  that  strain  reliefs have  not been  abused
 or  are not inadequate, and  to ensure  that  wiring at the  plug is
 correct and  tight.

       Users  should insist that  equipment be supplied with cords
 that are  strong enough to withstand abuse.   It is  important for
 the user  to  know  that the cord should not be used to remove the
 plug from its receptacle.   Plugs should be examined to ensure
  that ground connections have not been cut off.  Plugs molded
  onto the  line cord have a history of broken grounding conductors
  within the plug assembly leading.  There is widespread skepticism
  140

-------
 in the medical  community  concerning  the  integrity of  molded plugs.
 The siutation is  changing as  designs improve,  but the performance
 of molded plugs must be watched  closely.

      A class of devices has evolved  within the past five years
 known as hospital grade plugs and receptacles.  These plugs  and
 receptacles have been produced especially to withstand abuse,
 particularly with respect to  the integrity of  the  grounding
 connection.  In general,  these devices should  be  used when there
 is great concern about the electrical safety of equipment.
 These plugs and receptacles are compatible with ordinary parallel-
 blade units, and are generally identified by the presence of a
 green dot conspicuously placed on the surface.

      The innocuous little device frequently referred  to as a
 cheater, an adapter that enables a two-pronged receptacle to
 receive a three-pronged plug, is one of the most insidious
 culprits in seriously degrading electrical safety*  Frequently,
 it is implemented with a wire pigtail that must be fastened
 securely to a grounded point.  The screw that holds the coverplate
 on the receptacle is often taken as the point to which the
 cheater is to be connected, but unfortunately, the coverplate is
 not always connected to ground.   The result is that frequently
 grounding is not achieved when these devices are used.  The
 obvious solution is to avoid the need for these cheaters by
 installing proper receptacles that have the third contact for
 grounding.   Any  receptacle should be installed properly and then
 checked immediately to ensure that it has been wired properly.
 It should also be  tested with one of the  simple tension testers
 that  are  now available  to ensure  that there is adequate holding
 force  for each of  the plug's prongs.

     Extension cords are  another  problem,  along with their
 closely related  cousin,  the adapter  cord.   When I  say  adapter
 cord,  I am  referring to  those  "short  extension cords"  that
 consist of  a plug  and a  connector mounted on  a short piece  of
 wire that permits  non-standard plugs  to be connected with standard
 receptacles  or vice versa.   Extension cords and adapters introduce
 another set  of contacts in the electrical  pathway  that is subject
 to failure,  and  at least doubles  the  probability of a  problem
 occurring.

     If they are excessively long, extension cords  also add
 resistance to the power circuits and  grounding  conductors and
may reduce the safety and  effectiveness of the  device.  The
 solution is to avoid or ban the use of extension cords.  The  use
of extension cords could also be reduced by providing  long power
cords on electrical devices.  Occasionally, adapters may be
                                                                141

-------
necessary but they should be considered as electrical equipment
and be included in any inspection program to ensure that hidden
damage has not occurred.

     Failures that would normally not occur occasionally show up
in devices that expose the subject or the experimenter to potentials
on subject-connected leads.  Selection of well-designed equipment
is crucial to minimize this risk.

     It may happen that too many grounds will occur, especially
when an effort is made to assure that everything is well-grounded.
In this situation, redundant grounding pathways may lead to a
complete circuit that might include equipment contacting the
subject.  If there are strong magnetic fields in the area,
especially at power line frequency, and these magnetic fields
course through the area contained within the loop formed by this
closed ground pathway, currents known as "ground loop currents"
may be induced in the ground system.  These can create, at the
very least, interference in signals being monitored and, under
extreme conditions, they can expose the subject to potentials
that would not otherwise have occurred.  To avoid these problems,
grounding should be carried out carefully.  In general, the
problem can be minimized if devices are singly grounded.  This
is usually accomplished through the grounding conductor in the
power cord.  Where it is possible, grounding conductors from
individual equipment should come to the same point or to the
same electrical branch circuit rather than going to widely
disparate points within the area.  Except in unusual circum-
stances , no wire should be added to tie equipment together.

CODE STANDARDS AND REGULATORY MECHANISMS  INTENDED TO ENHANCE
ELECTRICAL SAFETY

     There are a number of standards and  codes that users  can
turn to  for  guidance, and which manufacturers, whose overall  aim
is to raise  the  safety  level of  equipment and  systems,  make  use
of in equipment  design.  Many of these  standards  and  codes are
produced by  a consensus process; that is, a process that  is
intended to  ensure  that all parties affected  by  the proposed
standard will have  an opportunity  to review and  to  contribute to
its development.   I will briefly mention  several  regulatory
bodies  involved  in  developing  standards and codes.

     The Association  for the Advancement  of Medical  Instrumentation
 (AAMI)  is a  group  that  produces  a  number  of voluntary standards
for a variety of  devices that  are  applicable  in  medical and
related fields.   The  organization  has  broad representation,
including device manufacturers,  clinical  and biomedical engineers,
142

-------
 physicians,  and nurses.   One standard the AAMI has created that
 is probably  of the greatest interest to you is the standard that
 sets safe limits for leakage currents in health care devices.

      Another well-known  and widely respected agency that produces
 codes,  standards,  and recommendations is the National Fire
 Protection Association (NFPA).   Historically, the NFPA has
 concentrated on activities intended to reduce risk from fire.
 However/  the NFPA  has increasingly embraced other areas, such  as
 electrical safety.   It is not surprising that the National
 Electrical Code, one of  the NFPA's most visible byproducts,  is
 an outgrowth of its objective to reduce risk from fire.   The
 National  Electrical Code prescribes wiring methods which,  among
 other things,  are  intended to minimize fires caused by poorly
 designed  or  implemented  electrical systems.

      The  NFPA has  numerous other standards including one presently
 under development  that would propose methods for the safe use  of
 electricity  in health care.   This document,  commonly referred  to
 as NFPA 76B,  when  adopted, will  provide a guideline likely to  be
 used well beyond the walls of health care institutions.   Many  of
 the principles on  which  it is based can be adequately carried
 over into human research facilities.   The codes of the NFPA are
 widely adopted,  although the NFPA itself is  not a code-enforcing
 authority.   For example,  adherence to the National Electrical
 Code is not  monitored by the NFPA,  rather,  the  code is adopted
 by local  enforcing  authorities or by other governmental  agencies
 and is applied by  force  of law.

      There is  an intensive international effort to produce
 standards. This effort is  largely the work of an organization
 called the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC).  The
 IEC has produced a  vast  array of  standards intended to ensure
 the uniformity of products on an  international  level.   The IEC
 is  presently refining a  comprehensive document  for medical
 devices.

     Underwriters Laboratories (UL)  is widely recognized as  an
organization that contributes to  the  safety  of  devices and
appliances.  In general, the UL does  not write  codes  and standards
for  other groups, it  formulates them  for use  in  assessing  equipment
submitted to the UL by manufacturers  who want to  obtain  the
right to place the UL label on their  products.   Standards  formulated
by  the UL are reviewed by persons representing  diverse interests
and a broad audience  outside of the UL organization before they
are applied to devices under examination.

     The UL has earned a good reputation for  promoting safety  in


                                                                143

-------
electrical products.  Up to this time, many of the specialized
devices used in research laboratories have not carried the UL
label.  There are several reasons for this.  In the past, manufac-
turers of these devices have not found it necessary in the competing
marketplace to seek UL listings to promote their products.   In
addition, obtaining UL listing entails a considerable expense on
the part of the manufacturer and any significant model change
means that the product must be resubmitted.  In the future,  we
are likely to see more devices, particularly those used  in the
medical field, that carry either the UL label or display evidence
that  the device has been screened by a process similar to the
Underwriters service  or has been judged to be in conformity  with
standards being developed by the Food and Drug Administration.
Individual investigators will have greater assurance  that devices
have  been built with  an eye toward safety, as well as toward
efficacy or desired performance.

CONCLUSIONS

      The  foregoing  is a brief overview of  the various factors
that  are  important  in assessing  the  safety and performance  of
electrical  systems.   The  topic  is  an immense  one,  which cannot
be adequately  addressed  in  this  paper.   The  safe  use of electrically-
operated devices  is the  result  of  a  combination  of a number of
 factors,  including  safe  design,  implementation,  and knowledgeable
use of equipment.   To the extent that these  factors are considered
 in the development  and use of  electrical equipment,  the risks
 encountered will be minimal.
 144

-------
     Discussion  Summary
      Discussants questioned whether it is  necessary  to  use  three
 wires in grounding rather than two,  since  the  neutral and the
 ground are joined together in the  ground system.  A  hypothetical
 situation was constructed in response  to this  question/ in  which
 the grounding is accomplished at the service entrance point.
 Next, it was assumed that there are  two devices adjacent to each
 other,  each fed by separate branch circuits, and each having its
 frame grounded to its own neutral.

      One device is a high current  device,  with a heater element
 that draws 25 amperes.   The 25 amperes  of  load current goes back
 to  the  neutral,  and the  resistance in the  neutral results in a
 voltage difference between the chassis  of  that unit and the
 point where the neutral  is grounded  back at the transformer.

      Next,  it was  assumed that the other device has no load
 current.   Hence,  its chassis  is essentially at the same potential
 as  the  point where the neutrals of these two systems are grounded.
 However,  because of  the  drop  in the  neutral feeding of the
 device  with high current,  there may  be a significant voltage
 difference  between the enclosures of the two devices.

      A  separate grounding  conductor  intended to provide grounding
 for  the  chassis is run to prevent large load currents from
 flowing  into  those conductors, and to obtain a near equality of
 the potentials of  the chassis.  Thus, there is a practical reason
 for using three wires in the wiring system rather than two.

     Participants also discussed the problem of separate power
 supplies in a single area.  One particular concern voiced  is the
possibility of power from different service panels converging in
an area where grounding points are  of different potentials.
Discussants considered the merits of equipotential grounding, a
system designed to prevent the occurrence of just such a situation.
                                                               145

-------
     The concept of equipotential grounding has been a key issue
in the development of the NFPA 76B impending standard.  Basically,
this standard would place limits on the potential differences
permissible within the vicinity of a patient or subject.  Provisions
in the standard also call for a certain amount of interconnectedness
of the grounding systems that derive from separate panels, to
ensure that potential differences will be minimized.

     Participants said that equipotential grounding should be an
important consideration in the design of any facility because it
is necessary to limit the potential differences on the grounding
system.  Besides creating risks in terms of subject safety and
device performance, potential differences on the grounding
system cause interference in many physiologic recordings.
 146

-------
EPA HUMAN STUDIES PROGRAMS

-------
 CLEANS/CLEVER  System Approach
      John H. Knelson, M.D.
      Health Effects Research Laboratory
      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
      The  concept of controlled environmental research using human
 subjects  is not new.  I was given the mission about eight years
 ago by a  predecessor agency of the EPA,  the National Air Pollution
 Control Administration, to find out the  technological accomplish-
 ments in  this field of research.

      The  result of my inquiries led to the development of the
 CLEANS/CLEVER project now underway at Research Triangle Park.
 CLEANS is the acronym for Clinical Evaluation and Assessment of
 Noxious Substances;  CLEVER stands for Clinical Evaluation and
 Verification of Epidemiologic Research.

      The CLEANS facility, adjacent to the medical center  complex
 on  the campus of the  University of North Carolina, consists of two
 large exposure chambers with an adjoining computerized physiologic
 data acquisition system.  Using these computer-controlled chambers,
 researchers can expose human subjects to the same conditions of
polluted air that are present in  urban and rural  areas*

     The CLEVER project consists  of two mobile laboratories, each
containing equipment identical  to that housed in  the stationary
CLEANS facility.  The mobile  units collect and evaluate clinical
data from  epidemiologic field  studies.
                                                            149

-------
     Both CLEANS and CLEVER are capable of closely controlling
environmental conditions such as light, temperature, humidity, and
airflow, and both are computer equipped to measure a variety of
human cardiovascular and pulmonary functions.  The intent of these
two types of laboratories is to link findings obtained from field
research with findings from controlled clinical studies.

     To study the effects of airborne pollutants on human health
and welfare  in  a controlled laboratory setting, we select, with
specific criteria in mind, human research subjects and manipulate
these  subjects  and  their environment in a predetermined way.  We
define the dose, the pollutant, and the exposure regimen, and then
we  decide which physiologic, metabolic, neuroendocrine, hemato-
logic, and psychophysiologic end points we  intend to  study.   Once
these  end points are defined,  we study the  responses  of indivi-
duals  who reside in a  manipulated  environment for a  set period  of
time.

      By manipulated environment,  I mean  one that either  simulates
 urban or rural conditions,  or one  that is very clean in  terms of
 particulate counts and gaseous concentrations.  In  such an environ-
 ment, factors such as temperature, humidity, light  intensity, and
 sound levels are controlled to predetermined values.

      What kind of machinery do we use in our experiments?  How do
 we get our  data?  How do we process our data?  How do we validate
 it? How are we assured that we are doing what we think we are
 doing, both in terms of manipulating the environment and in  acquir-
 ing the physiologic or biologic data that we think we are acquiring?
 These  questions form the subject  of this discussion.

       During the formative years of the CLEANS/CLEVER program,  I
 visited every  laboratory conducting environmental  research that  I
 could identify.  One  of the first places  I  visited was Dr. Kerr's
 laboratory.  Dr. Kerr impressed upon  me  that a  study design  that
 depends upon  external environmental  conditions  is  subject to many
 problems.

       Some  of  the  early experiments  at Ranch Los Amigos  were  design-
  ed to study and document the physiologic functions of  people
  residing  in a clean environment.   To gather data on polluted air,
  the researchers depended on the ambient, supposedly polluted,  air
  obtained  from the laboratories'  urban location.  Although there
  were certain merits to that experimental design, the research was
  subject to the vagaries of prevailing weather conditions.   I
  decided not to contend with the  kind of problems such as experi-
  mental design involves, and instead would  design a  laboratory that
  had the capability of stimulating in a highly reliable, predicta-
  ble, and well-characterized fashion the atmospheric conditions
  that occur in our urban environments.

  150

-------
      A design of this type  is a  leap from the real world  into the
 stimulated  laboratory world.  You pay something for that  leap, but
 you gain better control of  your  experiment.  Over the years that we
 have been developing the EPA Human Studies Program, the substantial
 advances made in air quality assessment have diminished the price we
 pay for simulating the real environment.  The advantages, however,
 of being able to control our experiments have remained the same.

      Another impression I received from the laboratories  I visited
 was that most investigators were able to acquire a tremendous
 amount of data, but they really did not have the logistic capabili-
 ty to thoroughly examine the data they acquired.  It was clear
 that if the data were computerized and preprocessed, it could be
 examined as it was acquired.  Moreover,  preprocessed data is much
 easier to analyze than thumbing through stacks of line printer
 output in an attempt to make sense out of the data after the
 experiment is finished.   The practicality of preprocessed data plus
 the advances in air quality measurement and the  advances in the
 technology for simulating environmental  conditions helped us
 decide to computerize and automate our environmental control
 system.

      It  has become a cliche to  have a complete feedback  loop,  in-
 dependent of human intervention,  to control  sophisticated environ-
 mental simulations.   We  thought we could gain better control of  our
 studies  and construct a  much more sophisticated  environmental
 simulation if we  used high-speed  computer equipment  capable  of
 constantly adjusting the environment  for us  as the feedback  loop
 worked.   To  this  end, we evolved  an automated physiologic  data
 acquisition  system  and an automated environmental  control  system.

     A sine  qua non  of clinical research is  to control the research
 project so  effectively that  the risk to  the  human participant in
 an  experiment becomes vanishingly small.   If  you depend on extensive
 mechanical support systems to provide a  simulated environment, an
 interjection of many safety  systems into  that environmental  support
 machinery provides layer after layer of redundancy for safety's
 sake.

     If you  depend on manual control of your mechanical support
 system, it will probably work reasonably well, but a manual system
 does not have the reliability of a system that processes many data
points per second.  Such a system gives you real-time appreciation
of what the  analyzers are showing in controlled environmental lab-
oratories.

     The program concept of human studies began in 1969 — during
the period of Earth day,  the end of the Vietnamese war, and the
general unrest on the nation's campuses.   At that time, it was


                                                               151

-------
difficult for a federal agency,  even a benign  one  such  as  the
National Air Pollution Control Administration,  to  communicate
effectively with university administrations.   However,  we  were
well received at the University of North Carolina,  and  our reception
by the University is essential to any success  that we may  ever
attain.

     Because the CLEANS/CLEVER program would take  a long time to
get started, we decided to install a less sophisticated mechanism
that we could use right away.  We built an acrylic chamber that
has been the source of much valuable data.  In a few months we
were able to design and successfully conduct an experiment with
reasonably well defined sulfuric acid aerosols.  The chamber has
become a valuable pilot laboratory for debugging experiments; it
will be moved into the bigger, more expensive  facility.

     We spent roughly two years preparing design specifications
for the research facility.  The contract we awarded included
research, development, design, and construction.  Research and
development was such a large fraction of the overall cost  that we
decided that the construction of duplicate laboratories, in terms
of hardware costs, was not inordinately expensive.  Consequently,
two laboratories, identical as far as physiologic  data  acquisition
is concerned, were installed side by side.  The use of  two lab-
oratories doubles the throughput of the entire facility at rela-
tively little additional cost.

Physiologic Data Acquisition System (PDAS)

         ? ^i°10gic data acquisition system provides us with a
                      ' much of *>i°* concerns cardiopulmonary
                                                    *
 revnfo™                                 m°S  °e-    *
 receive information either directly from the subject,  or from
 "          ^^f ^ t0 ^ ^^   ™e data measured by the
            , such as gas concentrations and flow rates  travels
                  =". nr
   pecn         ^ allOW the C0mputer to
 siller tasks f^™^ ""^ *""** inte^ention.  One of the
 task  is nof 1 *      ?  USe calibration of the instruments.  This
 treadmill duS^   " SimPle' fOr instance< « control of the
 exercise stress te«trC1S?.StreSS ^^^  Developing software for
 exercise stress testing (i.e., exercise electrocardiograph)
          -
152

-------
       If necessary, we can operate the  facility without the computer.
 In the event that the computer is inoperable for a predictably
 short period, we can continue an expensive experiment by acquiring
 our data offline until the computer is functional once again,  it
 would be inconvenient to insert offline data into the computerized
 data, but I think I would prefer to do that rather than throw away
 the whole experiment.

      Our PDAS is not totally independent of the human operator.
 The digital data base processed by the computer supplies the
 operator with information he needs to decide whether to intervene
 or to allow the system to operate independently.  The software can
 prompt the operator to perform certain tests, or it can perform
 the tests automatically. During the course of an experiment,
 direct visual communication with the subject inside the laboratory
 is maintained by a closed-circuit television camera.   In addition
 to an electrocardiogram attached to the subject, there is an
 oscilloscope readout of the subject's pulmonary functions.   The
 readout is displayed on two CRT screens as either digitized wave-
 forms or as alphanumeric information.

      The use of this equipment allows  for human intervention in
 our highly mechanized system.   For example,  when a simple spiro-
 metry test is conducted,  within a few  milliseconds after  the
 forced expiratory vital  capacity maneuver is completed,  a digitized
 waveform shows  on the CRT screen.   Identifying  hatch  marks  indicate
 where certain software  decisions  were  made.   If  the operator  is
 not satisfied with the point where  the pattern  recognition  algorithm
 indicates  the expiration  occurred,  he  can capture  the identifying
 mark  with  the cursor and  move  it  to  where he  thinks expiration
 actually occurred. When the operator moves the  cursor, the  computer
 will  create  a file that has both  the original digitized data  and
 the derived  data  for the  waveform as it was defined by the  computer.
 Next  to  that file another file  is created  containing  the new
 information  calculated on the basis  of where  the new  cursor mark
 was placed.

      The nerve center of  the PDAS is what  we call the functional
 keyboard —  a panel  of 25 numbered pushbuttons  (five  rows of  five
 buttons).  By manipulating the keyboard, we can call  up a variety
 of software  programs.  We can choose any part of a program by
 simply pushing the right number on the  keyboard.  Whenever any
 test is designed  that we want to include in our system, we can
 write the appropriate software for that test and insert it into
 the entire algorithm.

     When the keyboard panel is not lighted, the buttons cannot be
pushed.  When the panel light flickers, the buttons are ready to
                                                               153

-------
be pushed, at which time the panel becomes solidly backlit.  The
solid lighting indicates to the operator that he may proceed with
whatever routine he has chosen.  If the operator wants information
on spirometry, the system does not compel him to go through the
entire program of spirometry in a predetermined sequence.  If
desired, the operator may choose certain components of the program,
such as  forced inspiratory  volume or  forced vital  capacity.  Thus,
the keyboard provides for human control of the PDAS;  it  gives  us
the option of deciding  when, and  to what extent, to perform  a
given  test.

      Another  facet of  this  system is  the  alternative  to  either
 throwing out  or  keeping data —  in other  words,  a  way of saving
 data we suspect might be incorrect so that we can  check  it later.
 When we want to save data of this type,  we put a special flag on
 it by hitting the "poor data"  button on the keyboard.  If desired,
 we can enter free text in a file that might say, for example, that
 the subject coughed halfway through his FVC and we are uncertain
 whether or not the data has been changed.

      The  other portions of the software package are  not  yet written.
 The system is really infinitely expandable and alterable because
  it is  totally software dependent.  Expansion is limited  only  by
  our  imaginations, what we  decide we  want  to  do, how  much core we
  want  to buy, and how many  new programs we plan  to write.

  Environmental Control  System

       A class 100 clean room is  an artificial,  arbitrary engineer-
  ing requirement, but it is one  that  would warm the  cockles of most
  investigators'  hearts.  We decided that a class 100  clean room
  would be our objective for our  environmental control system.

       We  can achieve, relatively easily, class 1,000 clean room
  conditions.  Such conditions may not be clean enough for assembl-
  ing microcircuits, but they are clean compared to the clean  air
  that people breathe most  of the time, and class  1,000 conditions
  are a  nice control for us.

        The outside air  is prefiltered.  To properly control  tempera-
  ture,  we must  use both heating  and  cooling  in  series.   To  maintain
  good control of relative  humidity,  we dry the  air and  then reinject
  the  desired amount  of water  vapor.   The  air comes  in through the
   top of the  controlled environmental laboratory,  where  diffusers
   provide reasonably laminar flow from ceiling to  floor.  The air is
   exhausted out  through the perforated floor of the  laboratory,
   through several banks of high-efficiency particulate filters.  In
   addition, the air is filtered through activated charcoal.
   154

-------
      We have several  levels of safety control as  far  as our environ-
 mental system is concerned.  The delivery of pollutant gases into
 the air flow system is through low pressure lines, so if any loss
 of integrity of that  system occurs inside the building, we are not
 dealing with a high pressure system coming off the supply bottles.

      There are, at various points in the system, critical orifices
 through which you cannot push air any faster than a certain flow
 determined by the size of the orifice.  This puts a mechanical ceil-
 ing on the level of pollutant that we can put into the laboratory.
 The actual makeup of the laboratory air is determined by the pol-
 lutants injected into the air flow just proximal to the axial vane
 fan;  therefore, pollutants are churned up and well distributed.

      For any particular circumstance,  the volume of air flow is a
 function of the damper setting, the speed of the fan, and the pitch
 of the  impeller blades on the fan.   When these three factors are
 adjusted simultaneously,  they will  determine the air flow through
 the laboratory.

      Allow me to back up  a moment to point out the difference in the
 two laboratories that I mentioned earlier.   They are identical  with
 respect to gaseous  air pollutant  capability — specifically,  ozone,
 sulfur  dioxide,  nitric acid,  nitrogen  dioxide,  and carbon  monoxide.
 In one  of  the laboratories, we  are  installing  the  aerosol  gener-
 ating and  monitoring capability.  The  air flow for one of  the
 chambers had  to  be  a little bit different than the air flow  for
 the other  in  order  to  accommodate the  aerosol  capability.

     The aerosol  generators can put  any  water  soluble  substance
 into the air  stream.   The  number of  particles  and  the  size of the
 particles  is  determined by the  concentration of  the  solution
 supplying  the nebulizer, the  solution  flow through the nebulizer,
 and the air flow through the nebulizer.   These three parameters
 determine  the mass concentration in  the  chamber  and the particle
 size distribution. The composition is determined by whatever is
put into the  solution.  That is why, for  instance,  we do not bypass
the hepa filter if we  get  it down to clean conditions.  Then, once
most of the unwanted particles are eliminated from the airstream,
we bypass  those filters to filter out all of the aerosol we intro-
duce in the system.

     The solenoids either opened or closed, and the length of time
spent in the open mode or in the closed mode, determines the concen-
tration of pollutant gas in the chamber.  These are hydraulically-
operated, compressed air solenoid valves.
                                                               155

-------
     A high-limit alarm allows the operator to intevene, if neces-
sary. Even before the alarm goes off, the operator can monitor the
actual analogue output of the sensors.  Because he knows the
relationship between analogue outuput and pollutant concentration
in the laboratory, the operator is able to find out whether or not
the predetermined pollutant concentration is actually in that
laboratory.

      If the computer does not maintain the predetermined concentra-
tion  of pollutant, the operator is able to intervene by changing
potentiometer  settings or by manually overriding the computer.  In
the  case  of either computer malfunction or computer crash, we
think the operator can successfully  maintain  the predetermined
concentration  in  the controlled environmental  laboratory so  that
the  experiment can continue.   In  the event that this  is not  pos-
sible, we have made provisions for a single button to be pushed by
the  operator which will  abort the experiment  and purge  the chamber.
The  button turns  on  the  fan  and opens the fusable  link  dampers.
Within a few  seconds the chamber  is  completely evacuated  of  that
particular pollutant concentration.

      We are most  concerned about  data quality control.   Health
 Effects Research Laboratory personnel are responsible for and are
 in charge of  all  experiments.  However,  because we do not have
 adequate engineering support staff  in our laboratory to conduct
 these experiments,  we  have a rather substantial operating and
 maintenance contract with Rockwell International.   We keep a close
 watch on the  laboratory environments that are maintained by our
 contract personnel.   Conceptually and administratively we monitor
 the  data quality control for both the physiologic data acquisiton
 system and the environmental control system in the same way.

       From time to time, though,  an  independent audit is conducted
 by  a third party and gives EPA a report.  From that and from our
 observation of the operation  and maintenance  of the environmental
 laboratory, we will produce  a data  quality report from time to
 time.

       I  would  like to  touch  on some  of the main aspects of the  data
 quality control, and  some of the philosophical points  in  data
 quality control.  Very  simply, we  constantly make mechanical
  status  checks. For  instance, with  regard to  the  air flows,  we  know
 that in order to properly maintain the  environment,  air  flows  at
  certain points must be within certain limits, and that is checked
  constantly.   For temperature and humidity control, we  take correct-
  ive action to make  sure that dampers are accurately set and that
  the integrity of the circuits is sound.  Finally, all the analyze-
  rs are frequently calibrated with NBS referable standards.
  156

-------
       As  far as the  pollutant system is  concerned with respect to
  data  quality control,  we  measure gas concentrations,  obviously,
  but we also look  carefully at the gas flow rates past certain
  points.   If they  are not  within  certain bounds,  we  know  that  even
  though gas  concentrations might  be what we think they should  be,
  there is  something  wrong  with the system.   Solenoid positions
  obviously have to be maintained  in a certain configuration  in
  order to  produce  the gas  concentrations we want.

      Data quality control of  the  physiologic data acquisition
  system is somewhat  more complex because  it is more  difficult  to
 make sure the  computer is giving  information that closely cor-
  responds  to  the data that are  actually  coming from  the subject.
 One of the ways to  assure  the  reliability  of computer  information
 is to compare  it with canned or known input.  Canned  input is
 synthetic data; for example, an EGG simulator is used or spiro-
 metry data are mechanically produced.   Such data are the same day
 after day.  Anytime you wish to check whether the numeric data
 flashed on the screen are  the same as they were the day before,
 you can run the canned, or known, data through the computer.

      We use physical calibration just as anybody does in any
 laboratory, but we are also striving to  achieve a high quality of
 electronic time of use calibration.  This is accomplished by using
 the computer, which can detect any deviation in electrical signals.
 If one or five milliwatts  is put  through, a certain signal is
 obtained  from the  computer.  Split signal redundancy analysis  is
 yet another approach.  This permits us to split  a given electrical
 signal  and run it  through  both of our computers.   If the  computers
 are working properly,  the  same answer is obtained from both  of
 them.

     If we get different answers,  we may not know which one  is
 right, but at least  we  know that  a problem  exists.   Trend analysis
 is simply  the intelligent  and knowledgeable human operator watch-
 ing the computer output for suspicious changes  in the  data.  This
 is a very  soft kind  of  data quality control, but  the computer
 output of  good trend analysis  information probably will tip  us off
 to something.

     Algorithm error analysis  is,  of  course, applicable to any
 algorithm, regardless of whether the  algorithm is operating  a
 chamber or whether it is processing  data  obtained from a piece of
physiologic equipment.  This type of analysis provides us with
built-in range  checks.  We  know, for example, that vital capacity
should not be  15 liters or  500 cc.'s.  If a data bit is identified
as unbelievable by our definition in the  algorithm, then the data
is flagged so that we can  examine it.
                                                               157

-------
     I would like to conclude with a quick overview of where we
might be going with this.  We have completed the first 30 subjects
of ozone adaptation in clean air, and we hope the experiment will
reveal some answers about differences in lung performance as it
relates to the length of time a subject has been breathing ozone.

     We are very concerned about nitrogen dioxide and other environ-
mental stresses, such as heat, in conjunction with various pollutant
stresses.  By January 1978, we should have a good capability of
generating aerosols, and by July 1978 we should actually be able to
generate and monitor them with online computer control.

     Finally, our staff is now preparing the comprehensive program
plan that will describe how this facility will be used for the
remainder of this decade.  We know what research capabilities we
have and we know the priorities and needs of the Environmental
Protection Agency.  We encourage your participation  is this pre-
paration process.   Your ideas, your thoughts, and your proposals
are a  national resource.  We  invite you to join us as correspond-
ents or, on occasion, as visiting scientists.
 158

-------
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AND
APPROACHES IN ENVIRONMENTAL
CLINICAL RESEARCH
   Moderator: Philip Bromberg, M.D.

-------
  Introduction to Panel Discussion
       Philip Bromberg, M.D., Moderator
       School of Medicine
       University of North Carolina
      I should like  to  disregard the typical question of what is
 response and what is disease.  Dr. Bates,  who  unfortunately is not
 here to defend himself, suggests that response is disease, and
 that the burden of  proof is on those who claim that response is
 not disease.

      I should like  to proceed to the question: What does one
 measure as  the effects of the agents that  we are examining?  How
 do we measure them?  When do we measure  them?

      The first thing that is measured is gross toxicology, for
 example,  excess mortality during air pollution academics.   After
 that,  the researcher looks at the causes of the symptomatic and
 mortality effects that have been produced.

      Perhaps  the first approach is to  look at lung function.   As
 researchers probe deeper into the  functions of the lung, they
 develop new concepts of how the lung works, and produce more and
 more elegant and sophisticated tests of lung function.  These
 studies are applied  to  man,  as well as to animals.

     Then, newer indices of  lung actions are developed.  When we
 look at these new indices, the  way they are studied progresses
 from gross (e.g.,  the effect of ozone in fairly large concentrations
on airways is epithelium slough) to refined, to extremely elegant.


                                                              161

-------
In more refined studies, the researcher can look not only at the
gross destruction of the epithelium, but also at the rate of turn-
over of epithelial cells, which is a more refined index of the
death rate of epithelial cells.

     Finally, the researcher can begin to study even more elegant
indicators, such as how permeable the airway epithelium is to
materials deposited in the lumen of the airways.  This permeability
overall may be affected by the so-called mucous layer, although it
is not clear that the mucous layer  is really a continuous layer.
Because it is an epithelium, the airway lining is characterized by
"tight junctions" between the  epithelial cells.  In many tissues,
these  are known to  limit the permeation of both the small and
large  molecules.

      Some evidence  indicates that noxious  agents, gases, can
affect the  intactness  of the tight  junctions of the respiratory
epithelium  and  its  permeability  characteristics.  The  latter
effects  allow materials to  be  deposited in the  airway,  where they
penetrate  the  deeper  layers of the  epithelium  and  act  upon smooth
muscle vasculature  and mast cells.

      What exactly are we to measure and how are we  to  measure it?
 These are questions that are subject to continual development and
 refinement.  The highlight of  this kind of approach is always
 mechanisms.  We are not just interested in gross effects, but also
 in the mechanisms that produce these effects.

       I think that to answer this question coherently, governmental
 regulatory agencies, such as the EPA, which is responsible  for
 developing concrete air quality standards, must be concerned with
 mechanisms.  Even though this conference  focuses on human  studies,
 we  should not limit our attempts to define air pollutant  levels  to
  such  studies.  Our studies must be accompanied by an attempt to
  understand the mechanisms that produce the effects.

       Another difficult topic  is the  independent variable.   We  have
  already heard  that there are  many  problems pertinent  to the identi-
  fication  and measurement of the  independent variable.   There are
  multiple  agents.   There is, of  course,  the  ordinary dose  effect
  relationship.   There is the problem  of timing--when,  after exposure,
  should one look for  effects?   How long should exposures be?  What
  about tolerance?  What kinds  of interactions  are present between
  external  noxious agents;  interactions with other pharmacologic
  agents;  interactions with physiologic stimuli, such as exercise;
  interactions with temperature,  humidity,  and particles?  These
  questions give rise  to so many permutations and combinations that,
  to perform really pertinent experiments,  I think one must  have a
  particular objective in mind—not merely a broad hypothesis.


  162

-------
 For example,  a researcher ought to examine the mechanisms  of  how
 a particular  noxious agent works,  and consider what type of
 experiment can be devised to obtain more information about it,
 rather  than attempt to answer a question such as "Is this  gas
 noxious?"

      Another  major problem is the  subjects we use  in our experiments.
 Whom should we choose as  our subjects?   Should our subjects be
 healthy, or should we be  looking at subjects  who have some type  of
 disease?   Disease,  as well as health, is difficult to characterize
 in  human beings.

      Finally,  what  are the effects  of informed consent on  human
 subjects?   Does the subject's knowledge  of what effects to expect
 influence  his  symptoms, and consequently,  the test's  so-called
 objective  findings?  Real  problems  can arise  from  this element of
 the  equation.   Again,  I plead that  researchers should think
 mechanistically rather than simply  be satisfied with  the observation
 of one effect  or  another.

     Now,  the  panel and the audience may or may not agree with
 everything  I have said.  I  would like each member  of  the panel to
 have a chance  to make  a statement of his own.    Then we can have
 some discussion after  each  member of the panel  has had an
opportunity to  talk, and follow up  with a  general  discussion.
                                                               163

-------
  Statement
      Robert Frank, M.D.
      Department of Environmental Health
      University of Washington
      I want to respond to some of  the  things Dr. Bromberg mentioned.
 My personal philosophy regarding clinical research can be stated as
 follows:  First, clinical research can be directed toward under-
 standing phenomena (Dr.  Bromberg referred to this); that is,
 toward providing a basis for  an observed response.  Second,  clinical
 research can be applied  to describing dose-response relationships
 for a particular agent.

      Both objectives are important, particularly the latter.   Dose
 response relations affect standard setting,  which in turn can
 significantly affect society.

      I  also  think  the investigator engaged in  the latter  type  of
 clinical research  should  be prepared to discuss  the biological
 significance of his results.   At the  very least  he  should attempt
 to  assign some weight to his  results.   If he fails  to do  this,
 then  other scientific investigators perhaps  ought to take up the
 task, because if they do not,  the task  will  be taken up by non-
 scientists*

     As Dr. Bromberg indicated, it  is entirely possible that the
particular functional parameter under examination — the so-called
dysfunction the researcher may have observed — may, by itself, be
readily tolerated or quickly reversible.  Alternatively, it may be
insignificant, but have  important secondary effects.  Dr.  Lippman
                                                              165

-------
has stated, for example, that the transient bronchoconstriction
associated with exposure to irritants may in turn lead to increased
deposition of inhaled particles, which obviously has implications
for biological dosage.

     But, if the investigator suspects that a dysfunction has
significant secondary effects, then he should state his hypothesis
and test it.  At the moment, I think there are a number of so-
called positive findings in clinical research that have received
more attention than they deserve.

     There may be  some  reasons  for this.  No one likes to profess
that the product of his work, the effect he has observed, has only
questionable or minimal importance.  To do so means monumental  in-
attention  to the researcher's study and a loss of funds.

     A word about  functional testing.  We rely rather heavily on
measurements of ventilatory function and respiratory mechanics.
There is  good  reason  for this reliance.  In the past these measure-
ments have been extremely  useful and revealing, but we must  remain
resourceful and be prepared to  move beyond them, to recognize when
testing  our hypothesis  may demand additional techniques.

      For example,  Lippman  has  shown with  sulfuric acid  aerosol
 administered  to donkeys that  in the presence of  little  or no
 changes  in respiratory  mechanics, there may be  significant depres-
 sion of  mucociliary clearance.

      I  am somewhat surprised to notice that in  assessing changes
 in function that  are due  presumably to reflect bronchoconstriction,
 many of us still  depend exclusively on a ventilatory test that
 requires a maximum inspiratory maneuver.   Years ago,  Nadel showed
 that a maximum inspiration can abolish,  at least temporarily,
 bronchoconstriction.   Also years ago,  Arend Bouhuys showed that a
 partial expiratory flow-volume effort, which avoids this danger of
 abolishing reflex bronchoconstriction, can be more revealing than
 a flow-volume effort begun following maximal inspiration.  Perhaps
 this is a test we ought to use more often.

      Furthermore/ when we start experiments involving ultra-fine
 or accumulation mode irritant aerosols, as for example sulfuric
 acid, we  ought to emphasize tests that assess small airway  function.
 After all, such particles are most likely to land in the periphery
 of the  lung.  This suggestion,  at least in my own experience,  is
 borne out by  studies on guinea  pigs exposed to submicrometric
 aerosols.  Their  dynamic  compliance can be affected more often than
 their total flow  resistance.   It is not easy to assess  small
 airway  function.   The  tests are often time-consuming and their
  166

-------
  interpretation may be open to debate.  Such tests can become
  distracting in studies in which the functional changes may be
  occurring rapidly.

       In my judgment,  the measurement of  closing volume has not
  been too revealing.   Also,  the forced expiratory flow rate at 25%
  of  vital capacity has a rather high variance so that  subtle changes
  in  small airway caliber may elude  detection by this means*

       Dynamic  compliance,  which may be useful for detecting un-
  evenly  distributed changes  in small airways  or parenchyma,  is
  another test  that is  difficult to  accomplish.   It requires an
  esophageal  catheter and a well trained subject.   It is not always
  easy to control  what  has  to be controlled, that is end-expiratory
  lung volume and  tidal  volume,  when the subject  breathes at  dif-
  ferent  frequencies.  Perhaps  we should experiment more with the
  helium  oxygen  techniques  developed at  McGill University.  McFadden
  found this technique to be  quite revealing in his studies of
  exercise-induced  bronchoconstriction.  One problem may be the time
  required to perform it.

      Presently, my belief is that we ought to focus more attention
 on what I term the "hyper-reactive subject"; in other words, a
 subject who is otherwise normal and with no known underlying chest
 disease.  For the sake of discussion,  I will accept Amdur's defini-
 tion of a hyper-reactive subject as someone whose functional
 change during exposure to a pollutant is at least three times
 greater than the average group response.   Amdur reviewed the
 literature and noted that a number of investigators working in the
 field encountered one or two subjects in their group who suited
 this definition.  For the moment we will exclude allergy as the
 basis for hyper-reactivity.

      Several questions might be asked about this type  of subject:
 Is the hyper-reactivity typical of  the subject?  That  is, if I
 observe  an exaggerated response on  Monday to  a pollutant, will it
 be present on  Tuesday,  Wednesday, Thursday, and one month later?
 Does it  have some plausible  or identifiable mechanism?  For example,
 is it a  matter  of internal dosage?

      You may recall the observations of researchers at New  York
 University  years  ago suggesting that the  pattern of particle
 deposition  in  the periphery  of the  lung is determined in great
measure  by morphometric factors.  Just  as the aerodynamic character-
 istics of an aerosol influence its  rate and site  of deposition, so
may  airway and  alveolar dimensions  and  ventilatory pattern.  All
of these biological factors  can vary considerably within the
normal population.  Such variations among lungs, and particularly
within a lung, may become very important once lung disease has

                                                               167

-------
been established.  There are likely to be variations in the distri-
bution of ventilation within a diseased lung, leading to local
"hot spots."  Morphological factors of this type are likely to
impose differences in dosage, among or within lungs, over long
periods of time.

     I wonder how much differences in bronchoconstriction among
subjects inhaling drugs such as acetylcholine or mecholyl may be
due to differences in the deposition rate or dosage.

     An alternative explanation is that the exaggerated response
may reflect an  altered or increased responsiveness to the same
fixed dosage. In his recent work on dogs, Nadel found that follow-
ing ozone  inhalation, there was a clear-cut increase in the broncho-
constriction in these animals produced by parasympathomimetic
drugs.  This hyper-reactivity reached a peak about  24 hours after
the ozone  inhalation and thereafter receded.  In this instance,
neurophysiological changes in function produced by  exposure to
ozone, apparently led to hyper-reactivity.  He noted, too, that
infection  may produce the same result.

      Functional or inflammatory factors of this type are  likely  to
impose differences in dosage over  limited periods of time.  As I
see it,  if we could  identify and understand  the basis  for hyper-
reactivity, we  might be  able to predict who  among the  population
is at greatest  risk.  The  rewards  might be especially  high for
occupational  settings, wherein the workers at greatest risk might
be identified before any impairment of health occurred.   I think
it is a  worthwhile hypothesis toward  which research efforts  should
be directed.

      To move  to another subject,  it is probably a  truism that we
 ought to combine pollutant exposure with other  forms of stress
 during clinical experiments.  This is particularly true when we
 administer realistic concentrations of pollutants to healthy human
 subjects. The most obvious concurrent stress is exercise.  Studies
 including both these variables,  that is, exposure plus exercise,
 have been well exploited by Drs. Bates and Horvath.  It is probably
 true that the more vigorous the exercise, the more likely the
 effect on the  response to the air pollutant.  Some of the reasons
 for this phenomenon are known.  The increased ventilation that
 occurs during  exercise causes a greater amount of the pollutant to
 be introduced  into the respiratory system per unit of time, and
 the increase in instantaneous flow rates that occurs during exercise
 is associated  with a reduction in the scrubbing efficiency (fraction-
 al uptake) of  the upper airways for soluble gases  and particles.
 This is particularly true when the subject switches from  nose to
 mouth breathing during exercise.
 168

-------
        In addition,  there is probably some  alteration in  the  sites
   of  transfer of these  gases and particles  in  the  lower airways.
   For example,  when  a subject ventilates  at high flow rates while
   inhaling a  particle of  sulfuric acid, as  during  exercise, the pH
   of  the  particle at the  instant of impaction  in the  airways  is
   probably lower than during quiet breathing.  This difference in pH
   may be  the  result  of  two phenomena.  First,  the particle may be
   less hydrated  during  exercise  when there  is  less time for it to
   absorb  water  (before  impaction)  and therefore, less time for the
  water to dilute  the hydrogenion  concentration.  Second,  there is
  also less time for  any chemical  transformation or neutralization
  of the particle  by ammonia in the upper airways.

       There are other forms of stress that have not been  adequately
  explored.  Recently, Dr. Horvath has begun combining heat with
  exposure to pollutants.   We have not,  to my knowledge, rigorously
  studied the effects of a combining  cold  and a pollutant,  especial-
  ly when a soluble gas  is combined with a droplet  aerosol.  Certain-
  ly,  one of the impressive features  of  epidemiologic  studies  is
  that sudden  changes in ambient temperature may overwhelm  the
  effects of pollution.

       Finally,  an approach that I think is  potentially as rewarding
  as any other is to  study the  effect of psychological stress  on
  response.  We  have  not yet  begun  to design appropriate psycho-
  logical  stresses  for this purpose, and I have no idea how to
 proceed.  It is possible that  noise might  be  an effective co-
 stressor.

      fly last point is really designed to evoke a not-always-friendly
 response.  In clinical  research, we  are beginning a generation of
 experiments in which multiple pollutants  are administered simultane-
 ously for several hours.   The ostensible  purpose of these experiments
 is to see if the combined effects of the  simultaneously-administered
 pollutants are addictive, synergistic,  or conceivably, antagonistic.

      I have misgiving about  a number of these  studies as  follows:
 Unless there  is a plausible  chemical  or physical basis for inter-
 action among  the pollutants  that will  cause them to form  some new,
 presumably more irritant  species or  end product, or unless there
 is a  plausible  argument why  two or more pollutants are likely to
 affect the same  biochemical  or physiological function, or at  least
 affect separate  functions that are interdependent, the results of
 such  studies  are likely to be  disappointing and ambiguous.

     Experiments of this type are  extremely complex in design.
They require  repeated observations on the same individual  to
establish whether  synergism, et cetera, has occurred.   I have been
impressed with the variance in the responses of subjects to the


                                                               169

-------
same pollutant on different occasions, as well as the variance in
the functional parameters that have been tested.

     The researcher is likely to end up with the product of these
several errors/ which makes it extremely difficult to detect all
but the most dramatic effects.  I could readily support an attempt
to study the biological consequences of interactions among sulfur
dioxide, ozone, and some droplet aerosol.  The analytical chemist
tells us that there is a reasonable likelihood for a heterogeneous
reaction among these agents with the formation of an irritant
small particle.

     But I would be less enthusiastic about mixing agents like
sulfur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, and carbon monoxide.  Unless I
am mistaken, these three gases do not interact and their sites of
effect are by and large different.  I would seek the rationale for
such a mix and would not be satisfied to learn that it is "because
all three gases are found  in polluted air."  Our resources are too
limited  for that sort of luxury.
 170

-------
       Discussion
       DR.  HAZUCHA:   Dr.  Frank mentioned hyper-reactive subjects.
 Certainly, you have to  find out how to identify and study these
 subjects. But from  my experience with testing 20 or 30 subjects/
 we usually find one or  two who do not react at all.  To get a true
 picture of the response, we have to identify not only hyper-reactive
 subjects, but the hypo-reactive subjects as well*

       DR. FRANK:  I  couldn't agree with you more.  Again,  I am
 speaking as a member of a society concerned about protecting
 people.  It is true that you may learn as much about this phenome-
 non of hyper-reactivity by pinpointing what it is about the subject
 that protects him, or dampens the result, as you do by identifying
 what it is that exaggerates the response.

      DR.  CAVENDA:   You have not mentioned repeated tests  (other
 than the  fact that the subject reacted on Monday,  Tuesday,  Wednesday,
 Thursday)  to  determine if,  over a period  of time,  a subject might
 be tested  for changes in response.   For instance,  a subject might
 experience anxiety the first  time he engages in  a  new  activity
 defined by the  testing procedure.  This may produce a  response
 that  is the result of the effect of psychological  stress, which
 may diminish  as the  subject grows accustomed to performing  the
 activity on a continuous or chronic basis.

      DR. FRANK:  I did not  emphasize it, but in speaking of hyper-
 reactivity, I posed  the  question:  "Do subjects respond the same
 way when tested repeatedly?"  I think you can define "repeated
 exposure" as you choose.

      I would agree that anxiety can influence response.  We ought
to test this notion  as an hypothesis.  I think anxiety is a par-
ticularly important  factor when you are testing a highly sensitive
population, such as asthmatics.
                                                                171

-------
     DR. KNELSON:   We specifically take into account the problem
that has just been raised.  We do not test for intra-subject varia-
bility as Dr. Frank suggested, but at the Health Effects Research
Laboratory we try to control -it as a variable.

     One of the most important parts of our experimental design is
the training period, the habituation period of all the subjects
prior to the onset of the experiment.  This is the last hurdle that
the test candidate has to pass before he can become a subject for
experimentation. During this period, we find out if the subject is
capable of becoming a reasonable habituated, trained individual in
the environment we expect him to participate in for a few hours or
a  few days.

     We not  only control  for  differences in response  (we call it
"training effects") the way  I have described, but we also test  for
its persistence.   Do the  data on Monday differ  from those on Tuesday,
Wednesday, Thursday, and  Friday?  No,  we have found that they do
not.

      The  first experiment we ever conducted here was  with carbon
monoxide.   In that particular case,  we designed a double-blind,
 crossover study that specifically addressed the question of whether
 the  subject's performance was different on Friday than  it was  on
 Monday.  I  think the idea of testing this  as  a  hypothesis is very
 interesting. I would suspect that we would have considerable amount
 of variance.

      DR.  FRANK:  I happen to think  that many  responses are  char-
 acterized by a considerable amount of variance.  You can define
 an experimental circumstance in such a way that you say,  "I will
 eliminate variance by dropping all subjects who do not satisfy
 my definition of conformity."

      But in doing that, you may exclude some significant proportion
 of the population.  I wonder if in some way — it might be very
 difficult — we shouldn't begin looking at the excluded proportion
 of the population as well.

      DR. HIER:  The variance within  a subject  could be so-called
 stochastic  variance, too; that is,  the subject's response  could
 vary randomly from  day to day.  To  account for random  daily varia-
 tion,  we take repeated measurements and average out  that kind  of
 variability.  If  you want to introduce a specific variable,  for
 example, anxiety,  you  introduce particular conditions  that might
 exacerbate  anxiety in  one  setting  or another,  so that  it becomes a
 cross-condition effect.
 172

-------
        But I am concerned that variability from one time period to
   the next is not being ascribed to strict experimental conditions —
   that subjects are being subjected to more or less anxiety,  to more
   or  less  training effect.   But even after you control  for all  these
   variables,  you still  must  contend with  stochastic variability
   The important thing is to  take  repeated measurements.

        DR  FRANK:   I would like  to respond to Dr. Hier.   In  the
   typical  experiment, one or perhaps two  measurements of fuctional
   parameter are  taken,  and then an  animal  or human  subject  is exposed
   for a period of hours,  followed by one or two measurements taken
   during or at the  end  of the exposure.  My impression is that this
  procedure is extremely thin ice on which to characterize:  one,
  the baseline function; and two, the changes that may be imposed by
  the stimulus you are applying.  We very often stretch the data
  beyond the weight it can really support.

       DR.  BENIGNUS:  By "thin ice," do you mean the paucity of
  measurements taken?

       DR.  FRANK:  That  is right,  because  the few measurements we
  make do not  truly characterize the response during the  period
  under  study.

       DR.  BENIGNUS:  Two measurements  are not  very  much.

      DR.  OTTO:  Just a quick follow-up on what you are  saying.  I
 agree very much with the comments  about  how to deal with sta-
 tistical  variability,  but there  are problems with  using a repeat-
 ed measurement  design.   For instance, if  you are dealing with a
 chemical  agent, you may be considerably limited by a repeated
 measurement design because the chemical's cumulative effect may
 thwart your attempts to obtain responses at the baseline level.
 In short,  responses may be modified by cumulative effects.

      You may decide to wait three or six  months to take another
 baseline measurement,  but by that time numerous factors far beyond
 our control have changed—the  temperature, the climate,  the indivi-
 duals'  home lives,  or  the subjects  may no longer be attending
 school.  These  are particularly strong variables that we have had
 to face when  dealing with the  student  population.

      DR. FRANK:  These  are highly complex experiments, and  unless
you have a hypothesis that you  can  test plausibly,  and unless you
pay real attention  to this problem  of  describing the functional
parameter  before and after you  intercede,  you are going to end up
with ambiguous data, which often  happens in this field.
                                                               173

-------
     DR. OTTO:  The importance of the initial finding may be much
greater than later findings because the subject's tolerance to the
test substance may change.  The strength of the response is going
to change and become much weaker.

     So, I am not so much worried about the importance of the
initial changes that are observed.  In fact, sometimes with carbon
monoxide/ we suspect that response changes may be an effect that
occurs very early at very low levels — that the organism is able
to adapt almost immediately, say, within 20 to 30 minutes; and, if
you do not catch the response as it occurs, you miss it forever.
It is a real problem.
 174

-------
 Statement
      Bernard E. Statland, M.D., Ph.D.
      Department of Pathology
      University of North Carolina
      I  would like  to  discuss the general problem of intra-individual
 variation  of laboratory results.  Intra-individual variation is
 the  variation in results that one would note over time in one
 individual.  This problem should be of great interest to all  investi-
 gators  studying the effects of environmental stresses on humans.
 So often investigators use mean changes in a group of individuals
 rather  than  looking at a person as his own control.  Since many of
 these stresses of  the environment will evoke a significant change
 within  an  individual/ but not for a group as a whole,  it is  perti-
 nent to understand the expected sources of intra-individual  varia-
 tion.   As  soon as  we have an understanding of the sources and
 magnitudes of the  expected intra-individual variations,  we will be
 better  equipped to handle the experimental problem.

     The major sources of intra-individual variation of  laboratory
 results (and also most other variates which we measure in individ-
 uals) can  be grouped into three types:

     1.    Analytical variation
     2.    Variation due to preparation of  the  subject
     3.    Variation due to temporal  considerations  when obtaining
          a specimen

     Figure 1 schematically presents the source of  analytical
variation.   The analytical  variation can be divided into  two types:
                                                               175

-------
-J
o>
                   SOURCES OF  ANALYTIC VARIATION
                     separation
decanting
storage and
processing
                                             I
                    "SPECIMEN"
                 PRE-INSTRUMENTAL
                       PHASE
                                                     instrumental
                                                      analysis
743
                                    result
                       "SAMPLE"
                     INSTRUMENTAL
                         PHASE
                                  Figure 1

-------
 the preinstrumental sources of analytical variation and the
 instrumental sources of variation.  The preinstrumental sources
 of variation in results determined on a specimen of serum
 would include the venipuncture procedure itself, the filling of
 the tube(s)  of blood, the transportation of the whole blood speci-
 men, the centrifugation step, the variation occurring while the
 serum sits on the clotted cells, the decanting of the serum
 supernatant, the storage of the serum specimen, the freezing
 and thawing of the specimen, and the processing of the specimen
 prior to the specimen entering the instrumental station.  The
 instrumental sources of variation in the case of laboratory
 results obtained on a serum sample include the dispensing of the
 specimen,  the uncertainty in the temperature during which the
 analysis is  performed, and the spectrophotometric uncertainty,
 etc.   Most approaches of quality control of the analytical variation
 are truly  only monitoring the instrumental phase and not the pre-
 instrumental phase of the analytical procedure.  Obviously, the
 intra-individual variation in laboratory results obtained on an
 individual will always include the analytical sources of variation.
 The analytical sources of variation will be the sum of the within-
 batch and  the batch-to-batch variations.

      The second major source of variation is that due to the prep-
 aration of the subject.   Subject preparation includes all those
 factors done to the individual or by the individual independent
 of  the pathological process (or environmental stress)  that one
 is  investigating.   Examples of such factors are prior exercise,
 previous diet,  ethanol ingestion before  specimen collection,
 posture of the subject,  and tourniquet application time.

      The effect of exercise on serum enzyme values can be appreci-
 ated  from  the information seen in Figure 2.   In this figure,  we  are
 depicting  the percent change from baseline  values in four subjects
 at  various hours after a one hour exercise  stress.   The  four sub-
 jects  were males who underwent a 1 hour  game of paddleball.   At
 1 hour,  5  hours,  11 hours,  19  hours,  29  hours,  43 hours,  53  hours,
 and 67  hours after the stress,  specimens were obtained from  these
 subjects.  The  activity  values for the enzymes  creatine kinase  (CPK),
 aspartate  aminotransferase  (AST),  lactate dehydrogenase  (LDH), and
 alkaline phosphatase (AP) were determined on the  serum specimens.
The values were compared with  baseline values (those obtained prior
 to  the  exercise  stress).  As noted in Figure 2, the mean  creatine
kinase  values were  120%  above  baseline at 11 hours  after  the  stress.
The AST and  LDH values also were  elevated significantly.   CPK, AST,
and LDH are  all  enzymes  present  in muscle.   Alkaline phosphatase is
not present  in muscle  to any great degree.   This  enzyme showed very
little  change after  the  exercise  stress.
                                                                177

-------
LU
Q.
5     II     19    29    43    53
 HOURS AFTER EXERCISE STRESS

        Figure 2
67


+ 20

UJ
o
< +10
i
o
H
-z.
UJ
s °
UJ
Q_

-10












rr
|d

-








•7
V

















b

-i













i








\
L.
• AS,'
D ALT
D LDH
D CK
C GGT
n AP



n
1
1 Jh,



n
.
1

i

15 hours 36 hours 60 hours 100 hours
                 HOURS  AFTER ETHANOL INGESTION

                           Figure 3
  178

-------
       We evaluated the effects of ethanol ingestion on nine healthy
  subjects.  The subjects had baseline values determined for the
  serum enzymes AST,  ALT, LDH,  creatine kinase (CK), gamma glutamyl
  transferase (GGT),  and AP.   The ethanol stress consisted of 0.75
  grams of ethanol per kg of  body weight ingested on three separate
  evenings.  At 15 hours, 36  hours,  60 hours, and 100 hours after
  the  third evening of ethanol  ingestion, specimens were obtained
  and  determined for  the enzymes depicted in Figure 3.   The most
  impressive change was noted for serum GGT.   The mean increase  in
  GGT  was approximately 25% at  60 hours after ingestion.

       We examined the effects  of posture on a number of serum analytes
  in 11 healthy subjects.  These healthy subjects,  all  male aged 21
  to 24 years,  had blood obtained both in the supine position (lying
  horizontally  for one-half hour)  as well as  in the erect  position
  (standing for 15 minutes and  sitting 1 minute before  venipuncture).
  As noted  in Figure 4,  the serum proteins, analytes bound to proteins,
  and  enzymes were significantly increased.   The  bars in Figure  4
  represent  the percent  change  going from the supine to  the  sitting
 position.  In the case when such a change was  significant,  the bars
 are  stippled.

      The third major source of  intra-individual variation  is that
 variation due to the effect of  time of  specimen collection.  The
 temporal considerations can be  divided  into the within-day  (hour-
 to-hour) and day-to-day changes.  I will concentrate on the day-to-
 day changes.

      Figures 5, 6, 7, and 8  represent the concentration values  for
 serum thyroxine, serum cortisol, serum triglyceride, and serum
 cholesterol in each  of four  healthy subjects.  The subjects are
 labeled number 3, number 5,  number 7, and number 8 in these figures.
 Blood was obtained at the same time of day after the subjects were
 in the sitting position.  The  posture and tourniquet application
 time  were standardized.  As  noted in  these figures, the intra-individ-
 ual variation  for thyroxine  was greater than the inter-individual
 variation.  However,  for the constitutents serum cortisol, serum
 triglyceride,  and serum cholesterol/  the intra-individual variation
 was much less  than the inter-individual variation.

      The relationship of the intra-individual (within  subject)  to
 the inter-individual  (subject-to-subject)  variation can be appreciated
 for the  values of alkaline phosphatase activity in the  serum of four
 healthy subjects.  Figure 9 presents  the values obtained  on each  of
 6 days  during  a  10 day  period  for four healthy volunteers.   It
 is obvious  that  the subjects maintain their  values for  alkaline
phosphatase in a  very narrow range during  the  course of the study.
                                                                179

-------
    SODIUM
    POTASSIUM
    CALCIUM
    CHLORIDE
    PHOSPHATE
    UREA
    CREATININE
    TOTAL PROTEIN
    ALBUMIN
    IRON
    URIC ACID
    TOTAL LIPIDS
    CHOLESTEROL
    AST
     ALT
     ALK. P'TASE
     ACID P'TASE
                     0      +5    +10    +15
                         PERCENT  CHANGE
                     Figure 4
180

-------
    Q i-
    8
  o>
  3

  UJ
  X
  o
  cc
  >-
  T.
  h-
                         J_
          J.
          2
45678

   DECEMBER 1975
                                                  10
   50 r
   40
                            Figure 5
 o»
   30
fe  20

O
o


   10
                    45678

                       DECEMBER 1975
                              10    II
12
                           Figure 6
                                                           181

-------
Note that we are using arbitrary units rather than international
units for alkaline phosphatase.

     Figure 10 depicts the ranges for alkaline phosphatase for each
of fourteen individuals studied over 10 days.  Specimens were
obtained at 8:00 in the morning.  They were analyzed in one batch
at the conclusion of the study in order to decrease the magnitude
of the analytical variation.  In such a manner, we would only have
to deal with the within-batch variation and not the batch-to-batch
analytical variation.

     Figure 11 shows analogous information for the concentration
values of the serum complement C4 values.  Once again, we  see that
the  individual maintains a much narrower  reference region  than
does the group of individuals.

     The conclusions drawn from our  studies thus  far on  the  intra-
individual variations  or serum constituents are the following:

      1.   Under  conditions in which  the  analytical variation and
          the variation due  to the preparation of the  subject are
          minimal,  the intra-individual  variation is often much
           less  than the inter-individual variation of  mean values.

      2.   When  the  intra-individual  variation is  much  less than
           the  inter-individual variation, it does make sense to
           use  a subject's  baseline values as his  own  control.

      When electing to use a person as his own control, there are
 certain issues that must be taken into account.   The first issue
 is deciding on the appropriate biological model of time-series
 that a value is expected to follow.  Two major models have
 been composed:   the homeostatic model and the random walk model.
 Figure 12 illustrates the homeostatic model.  In this model it
 is assumed that a subject has a mean value below and above which
 all values should fall.  The variations  from the mean are taken
 into account in order to compute a prediction interval within
 which the next value  should fall.  In Figure 12, we are examining
 four values of serum  iron in a healthy subject.  The  fifth value
 should be expected to be the mean of the four.   The width of the
 prediction intervals  is dependent upon the standard deviation of
 the previous four values.

      In the random walk model (see Figure 13) the next  value in  a
 series of values should most likely be  the most  previous  value.
 In  Figure 13, we are  looking at the same four serum iron  values
 seen in Figure  12.  The prediction  interval, however, is  8.2 to  21.1
 for the 95% prediction interval as  compared  to 10.7 to  24.6 for  the
  182

-------
 homeostatic model.  It is quite obvious that one must choose a
 model of biological time-series before being able to evaluate the
 width and the location of the prediction interval.

      When using a person's values as his own control, the analytical
 variance plays a very important role in the width of the prediction
 interval.  The relationship of the analytical variance to the biolog-
 ical variance is depicted in Figure 14.  This figure represents the
 relationship of the percent increase in intra-individual variation
 due  to analytical error to the ratio of the analytical variance over
 the  biological variance.   When the ratio of the analytical variance
 to the biological variance is 1.0, one would expect a 42% increase.
 When the analytical variance to the biological variance is 4.0,
 the  expected increase is  greater than 120%.   It had been recommended
 that the analytical variance to the biological variance ratio be
 no greater than 0.25.   In this latter case,  the percentage of
 increase would be approximately 12%.   Such  a guideline might be
 very important in prospective clinical studies as well.

      In  conclusion, I  have discussed the various sources of intra-
 individual variation that we as clinical chemists must deal with.
 However,  the intra-individual variation has  much wider applicability
 than just to clinical  chemistry.   It  should  play a role in monitoring
 a number of variates including blood  pressure readings,  respiratory
 function tests,  and other parameters  that are followed over time.
 Since  more and more investigators  are using  a subject's  previous
 values to evaluate  the effect of various stresses,  the elements
 going  into the intra-individual variation should be noted.

     The  work  I  have presented here has been done in collaboration
with my  colleague Dr.  Per Winkel who  is presently at the Finsen-
 institutet in  the Department of Clinical Chemistry  in Copenhagen.
This work  has  been  supported in the main by  the  Danish Research
Council,  departmental  funds  from the  University  of  Minnesota, and
departmental funds  from the  University  of North  Carolina,  Department
of Hospital Laboratories.
                                                                183

-------
        400
        3OO
      LD
      Q

      £ 200
      UJ
      52
      01
        100
                       45678

                          DECEMBER 1975
IO   II
    12
                            Figure 7
  300
CHOLESTEROL

ro
O
O
184
                      4    5    6     7     8

                         DECEMBER  1975

                             Figure 8
                                                          -O 7
10
                12

-------
                  _ _
                  5.0

                  3.0
                  2.0-lr

                     T_
                        2  345  6  7  89  10  I

                           DECEMBER  1975
00
Ul
                              Figure 9

-------
00
O)
     RANGE OF ACTIVITY VALUES  OF ALKALINE
  PHOSPHATASE IN SERA  OF FOURTEEN HEALTHY
       SUBJECTS  FOLLOWED OVER TEN DAYS
     CO 4

       3

       2
             1.0   2.0   3.0   4.0   5.0

            ALKALINE PHOSPHATASE
               (ARBITRARY UNITS)
6.O
                  0   60   120  180  240  300   360  420

                          COMPLEMENT C4 (mg/liter)
                                                                                          480
                   Figure 10
                               Figure 11

-------
   PREDICTION OF SERUM  IRON VALUE IN
HEALTHY SUBJECT USING HOMEOSTATIC MODEL
28

o3 24
1 20
z 16
o
cr
i12
en
LU
^ 8

4



26.8 -TT
24.6 |
- \ |
1
10.7^
••'.*
8.5^
[S3 95% PREDICTION INTERVAL
03399% PREDICTION INTERVAL

ii"1
|234)|i

Tv1
{•;•;
T*"

;!•
















             DAY NUMBER
               Figure 12
                                         187

-------
         PREDICTION OF SERUM IRON VALUE IN

     HEALTHY SUBJECT  USING RANDOM WALK  MODEL
      28





    w. 24



    \

    •o 20
    O
    cr
    ID
    en
    L±J
    (S)
       16
          23.1-
          i1

         1
          rs o Ox.
                95% PREDICTION INTERVAL

                99% PREDICTION INTERVAL
                      I
I
                      234

                     DAY  NUMBER.
                       Figure 13
188

-------
 200
   0
                              8
(ANALYTICAL VARIANCE )/
-------
      Discussion
      DR. BRQMBERG:  Apparently, there are many sources of what in
 the first approach we might consider as noise.  However,  part of
 this noise apparently is not noise.  It is a response to  other vari-
 ables that are not adequately controlled.  So, in experiments,
 the researcher tries to look at some of these variables*   For
 example, muscular exercise unfortunately has some prolonged effect
 on certain enzymes.

      Other sources of variability apparently remain completely
 undiagnosed,  and we call them noise.   Evidently,  there are two kinds
 of noise, some of which we may understand and try to control in our
 experiments,  and others that are beyond us,  which we have to live
 with.

      The worse the total noise,  the more limited  we  are in looking
 for subtle or small effects on signals.   How do we  deal with that
 problem?  How do people like Dr.  Horvath,  Dr.  Frank,  and  Dr.
 Battigelli—all members of the panel  who are,  in  fact,  very  much
 concerned with making measurements  in man  and picking up  relatively
 small effects—deal with this problem in a practical  sense?

     In  addition,  how small are  the effects  that we ought  to  look
 for?  Is there some limit we  ought  to impose  on ourselves  and  not
 attempt  to  look for effects beyond  that  limit?  The experimental
 situation is  too complex  for  us to  eliminate  a certain residual
 level of uncertainty.   Perhaps we ought  to look only for fairly
 gross effects.

     DR.  PENGELLY:   I don't know whether we were ahead of the
clinical  chemists  in recognizing this problem of unidentifiable
noise, but when  we  designed protocols for the ozone experiments
performed in  the late 1960's, it was clear to us that we could not
                                                               191

-------
use a population standard for what we would expect.  We did not
pick a population standard for FEV * and then compare a response
of an individual.

     It was clear that we had to peform what we called sham experi-
ments, in which we allowed for whatever variable that was going to
occur.  We changed only one variable in the experiment, the expo-
sure to ozone.  Then, we repeated the experiment in exactly the
same way over exactly the same time period with exactly the same
individual and compared the two experiments.

     I think this approach has long been the traditional approach
to exposures of human subjects to environmental contaminants of
this type.  Moreover, I think Dr. Frank was very impressed with
the results of the controlled experiments conducted at the facility
here—how the individual variability is quite small and how well
individuals have been characterized.  I think that the lesson of
the significance of  intra-subject variability has been learned  in
this area.

     DR. BROMBERG:   But you have not-controlled for the effect  of
time in  your procedure.  You did an  experiment on day  one, and  you
made  some assumptions as to how long you had to wait to do a valid
experiment, a  sham experiment, and  then you conducted  that sham
experiment  several days of weeks later.  You were  still  left with
some potential  for variability.

      DR. PENGELLY:   I think the  important  point was to compare  the
 individual  against himself.

      DR. HORVATH:   In one  sense,  I  disagree with  you,  Dr.  Pengelly.
 In the  first  place,  I believe  that  we  all  have an idea of how to
 handle  intra-subject variability, but  I think  Dr.  Statland1s
 observations  indicate very clearly  that this  is all a figment of
 our imaginations.   It  leads us into an uncomfortable  situation of
 evaluating the effects  of  anything  on a human  organism.

      One of the points  I made in my presentation was that the
 investigator has to prepare the subject.  Dr.  Statland has empha-
 sized this point.   There are three variables that we have not
 considered:  first,  the effects of changes in posture, which can
 result in a 16-20% change in plasma volume; second, the change in
 biorhythm, which we have ignored to some degree;  and third, the
 most important factor—what happens to an individual on day A and
 how long does he have before he fully recovers? I repeat again the
 *forced expired volume in one second
 192

-------
  statement  I made, because  I think most people have not looked at
  all the  literature  in  this field, and I am sorry to  say that I did
  not know about your work either.

      It  is certainly obvious that it takes many days to recover
  from any kind of strenous  activity.  Recall Dr. Statland's data.
  Out of 10 marathon runners, only two were able to complete a
  short, 5 mile race 5 days  after they had run a 2-1/2 hour marathon
 race.  Moreover, the two subjects who completed the short race
 were unable to run it at the same speed they had run the 26-mile
 marathon 5 days earlier.   It took almost 7 days for some of the
 blood parameters (hematocrit, for example) to return to normal.  It
 appears to me that some of the effects we are looking at are very
 definitely hidden by our failure to know exactly what has happened
 to the subject.

      I am just as guilty as anybody else because I  accepted the
 same premises you did,  Dr.  Pengelly.  But I am convinced now,
 after what we have been doing the last 2 years in this area,  that
 we have made horrible mistakes*  We have got to use an entirely
 different approach in our testing.

      DR.  BROMBERG:   Dr. Horvath,  let me  ask you a question.
 Suppose I do an  experiment  where  I  compare vital  capacity measured
 on day two after  exposure to  gas  "x,"  to  the  vital  capacity measured
 on day two  following a  double-blind  exposure  to  scrubbed air.  I
 find  the  exposure to gas "x"  in four out  of four  subjects has
 apparently  resulted  in  a reduction  in  the  vital  capacity of 5%,
 plus or minus  1%.  Every single subject went  down, but one went
 down 4%;  another,  5%; another,  6%.   Now, have  I found anything?

     DR.  HORVATH:  Of course you have  found something, but what do
 your findings mean?  I  think everyone  has  done about the same sort
 of  thing.   However,  the  point is do  your findings represent anything
 in  terms  of what  has happened to the subject?  For example, one of
 the things we did with ozone was to  show very clearly that the
 greater effect is observed  immediately after the individual has
 finished  exercising.  If you waited half an hour or 15 minutes,
the effect is less:  that is, the decrement is smaller.

     I feel very strongly that we have missed the boat with regard
to our approach.  We have missed it because we still work on the
basis of old-fashioned statistics; namely, we use "T" test for
evaluating everything, and  that is not a critical way to evaluate
the test results.
                                                               193

-------
     I think we are in this same position right now.  I just want
to say that Dr. Statland made a very nice presentation because he
brought out three important testing considerations:  time, day-
to-day position of the subject, and the effects of the studies
done prior to the time the individual was used as a subject.

     DR. BRQMBERG:  You feel not that we have missed the boat, but
that we have over-interpreted the boat?

     DR. HORVATH:  Well, that is missing the boat.

     DR. BATTIGELLI:  I would like to mention that Theodore Hatch
said some 10 or 12 years ago when he stated that our ability
to measure and to identify factors of possible injury far exceeds
our ability to interpret the meaning of our measurements.  He
stated that at times we may vastly exceed our ability to interpret
effectively what we can observe and quantify quite carefully.

     But indeed,  I think the reply to the question we are discussing
is what Dr. Statland and Dr. Horvath have presented to us, and what
Dr. Frank and  Dr. Pengelly have stressed--the proper design of an
experiment.  By proper design of experiments, I mean segregating all
the significant variables  (whether irrelevant or  important) that
may affect the detection or the observation of the effect.  Once we
accomplish that, we can proceed to the next step, which  is to
interpret change  and/or effect.

     But in recent  times,  and  this is probably what Dr.  Horvath
alluded to, all too often  we have made interpretations based  on
crude designs, mixing into that process various  factors  so  that
the significance  in the causation of the effect  observed is  lost
or equivocated.

     DR. BROMBERG:  What  I think you are saying  is that  we  ought  to
design  our experiments better  so that  expert  statisticians  can help
us obtain the  absolute maximum from our experiments with the  minimum
chance  of mistake.

     I  would like to  look at this  issue a  little bit  differently.
I would like to postulate that we  have found  a  5% change in some
variable that  may be  of interest.  But suppose  we had a  system of
electrical resistors  arranged  in series, with a  total resistance
being the sum  of  all  of the resistors.  We tamper with one  of these
resistors, causing its  resistance  to  change 200%.  Yet,  when we  look
at the  overall resistance of the circuit we see  only  a small change.
It turns out to be a  definite  change,  but  a very small one.   And
we wonder—what  does  this change mean?   If we only focus on the
194

-------
 pertinent part of the system,  we might then see  that we  had indeed
 uncovered a very, very big change.

      If  I am right,  this illustrates the  importance  of focusing  on
 mechanisms; of trying to understand in detail  what is happening,
 rather than being satisfied with an overall, very small  effect and
 remaining uncertain.  Does the response really mean  anything?  Is
 it  biologically meaningful?  Is it  clinically  meaningful, or is  it
 only a trap?  Is it  due to poor design of the  experiment?

      DR.  BATTIGELLI:   Granted, but  don't  you find that Dr.  Statland1s
 approach  is exactly  the right  way to identify  a  mechanism?   In other
 words, the statistician is not the  only crucial  person that can
 provide us with an adequate design.   It is the epidemiological
 design that probably overrides or is as important as that factor
 or  design that satisfied only  medical adequacy.

      DR.  HORVATH:  I think it  might be appropriate to have  on the
 record that we are going through our usual 10- or 20-year cycle
 in  research.   I would like to  point out that in  1966, the New York
 Academy of Science published an extraordinary  review of  papers on
 human variability.   I think it would be to our advantage to read
 those papers again.   I think we have forgotten what  we intend to
 do  and now we  are back on that cycle of remembering  again,  which is
 nice  to know that it takes ten years to do.

      DR.  STACY:   I would like  to inject a note of heresy.   Any
 physiological  scientist who has been around for  very long knows
 that  there are many  factors that comprise the  results of any
 single measurement.   If a researcher knows that  a factor is going
 to  influence his measurement,  he controls that factor.   Eventually,
 though, you have controlled for all  the factors  that you know
 about, and you are left with a stochastic residue with which you
must  live.

      But  having controlled everything that you know  about,  you
proceed with these experiments and use  what statistics you  have to
get results  and draw conclusions from the experiment.  I think we
are worrying too much about  the  fact that there  are  a lot of
variables.   Of  course  there  are; we  know  that, so we design around
them  as much as we can.   And what we  can  not design  around, we
treat exactly  as we  do in measuring  average evoked responses.  We
know  that  there is a  lot of  noise, thus we  take  enough measurements
to average out  the noise.

      DR.  HORVATH:  But  my point  is that we  do  control all the
variables we remember,  but we  do not  remember  all the variables we
should.
                                                               195

-------
     DR. STACY:   That is true.

     DR. KNELSON:  We might open up just one other area of discussion
briefly, and that is the way all of us are used to handling the
double-blind, randomized, crossover design where each individual is
his own control.  It has become almost a cliche in experimental
design, but I think there is another aspect that we are missing,
which we are beginning to examine.  When we study 30 subjects under
a set of environmental conditions (in this case, clean conditions),
and if we have properly followed all the criteria Dr. Otto talked
about in selecting these subjects, there is no reason to believe
that our test subjects are not as representative of the universe
that we are trying to estimate as the next set of 30 that we
select, using the same criteria.

     We we study the next 30 subjects under the experimental
conditions, we do not have the compounding variable of a person
serving as his own control, but during that time he has experienced
a set of environmental conditions that may have changed his control.
So, using multivariant statistics where 30 subjects serve as a
characterization of the universe that we are trying to estimate
some parameter of, and then taking another 30 and using them in
only the experimental situation, you do not go back to the old "T"
test.

     I think we  get some statistical follow-up at times there.  We
may also be getting a better representation of the population.  In
clinical medicine, frequently the population of concern is a single
individual.  That individual is the universe of concern.  We are
concerned about  200 million citizens of the United States.

     DR. HIER:   I would  like to expand on that, Dr. Knelson.   The
idea of using an independent control group can be important in
that when you start, the subject who undergoes a "control" experi-
ment is permanently altered; consequently, you no longer  have  a
fair comparison  if you use that subject as an experimental subject,
too.

     You can counterbalance that by giving him an experimental
control, but that takes  a long time.  You can have your cake and
eat it too, in a way, by giving each subject a baseline run without
experimental intervention, giving one group of subjects two baseline
runs and the other group of subjects a baseline and  experimental
run.  The baseline run that is given to one group of  subjects, which
is the next experimental line, serves as a control  for individual
differences.
196

-------
      Then you can subtract or use an analysis of covariance for
 each individual difference, for each individual's characteristics.
 That way you do not have to worry about the permanent alterations
 that occur every time you do something to a person.

      DR.  STATLAND:   You are right.  You are about ten years ahead
 of clinical chemistry.  But the reason why you are is that the
 concept of preventive medicine has only come about recently within
 clinical  medicine.   Basically, we have been very therapeutic in
 nature.  We have looked at the disease after the cause.   I think
 medicine  is changing in general,  not just clinical chemistry.

      The  second reason we  clinical chemists are now  looking at  the
 same issues as you  is because  our analytical procedures are now so
 much more precise and so much  more accurate.   We can do a  glucose
 test today much more accurately than we  could in the past.   There-
 fore, the question  is:   With this extra  analytical precision and
 accuracy,  what are  the  other issues  that we  want to  deal with,  that
 we want to consider  and control?

      Just  a  few comments about points  that  have been mentioned
 before.   One of the  concerns when you  compare two  groups of  30
 individuals is trying to define analytical variations.  And, of
 course, that occurs  within  the  subject as well.

     As you become more proficient in  conducting experiments, you
also may change  certain things, for  example,  the number of baselines
to have on the  subject or the  type of  biological time series model
that one must  adopt.
                                                               197

-------
  Statement
       L  David Pengelly, Ph.D., P.Eng.
       McMaster University
       Hamilton, Ontario
      I am approaching this topic,  "Special Considerations and
 Approaches," wearing three hats.   My  first hat is an electrical
 engineer.  As an instrumentation engineer, which I was for many
 years with David Bates,  I am concerned about the precision of all
 environmental and biological measurements.  We had quite a lot of
 good discussion about this,  and I  think we could perhaps still have
 a little more.

      My second perspective is as a physiologist.   I am concerned
 about the need for a broad testing approach,  and  in fact,  we  have
 already touched on some of the effects of biological variables.  One
 variable that has not been mentioned, which I think is very impor-
 tant,  is the  age of  the subjects.

      Facial origin,  for example,  may be a very important factor in
 test  responses.   The  hormonal effects, such as the  estrus  cycle in
 females,  is obviously a factor that should be taken  into account.
 These variables have already been referred to.  The  question of
 whether you are measuring the right thing should also be included in
 the broad approach.  One always has the suspicion that he may have
 overlooked a sensitive factor that  should have been measured.

     Last of all, right up there on top,  is my third hat—as an air
pollution health effects scientist.  I feel strongly that early stud-
ies on the synergistic effects of pollutant gases and so-called inert


                                                              199

-------
aerosols will be necessary to enhance the credibility of the chamber
studies that we are conducting.

     Perhaps I might take issue with Dr. Frank on this point.  Ob-
viously, one should not begin this type of study with a "Let's see
what happens" attitude.  I think there is ample evidence that the
aerosol particle is a very special vehicle for conveying pollutants
to nasty places.

     I would now like to elaborate on these points.  The first issue
concerns the precision of measurements.  In the early days, many of
us used simple homemade chambers made of plastic and a few bits of
angle iron.  In Figure 1 note the high-volume sampler we used to
measure suspended particulates, and that the subject is sitting at a
desk.  That is the sort of elementary approach we used.

     Figure 2 shows our pulmonary data acquisition system.  It is a
very simple acquisition system, but I think it is aesthetically more
pleasing than the ones that you have  here.  It is capable of a
certain amount of independent programming.  I included these figures
for historical interest, and to show you that we use a very simple,
inexpensive approach.

     We cannot compete with the EPA in terms of throughput or in the
detail of the meticulous studies you are capable of here at the
Health Effects Research Laboratory.  Consequently, I think that
places a special responsibility on you for giving us the data on
the studies you have performed.  The tools that you are using—
computer data acquisition on pulmonary function performed—are by
far sharper tools than the ones we have been able to use in the
past.

     The fact that analytical variability has now been reduced af-
fords us the opportunity to produce unique information on the vari-
ability of baseline levels on which many pulmonary functions are
based.  The problem of variability and precision of measurements
is one  that you are in a very good position to attack and document.

     I suggest that it would be wise to document and analyze these
baseline data formally for the rest of us so that we can have the
advantage of your experience,  in addition, I think you should very
carefully establish the type of measurement protocol that you plan
to follow.  If you use a protocol that is not generally accepted, we
need explanations as to why you think it is better.

     The second point I should like to examine concerns the choice
of subjects.  There are a number of factors that play an important
role in subject selection.  When choosing subjects, one must be  con-
cerned about the sources of known variability.  The age of  subjects

200

-------
Figure  1
Figure 2
                                   201

-------
is one example.  I am not completely convinced that it is sufficient
to examine the response of young, normal, white, male subjects
which, if one examines the literature today, represent by far the
greatest number of human exposures to pollutant gases.  I think it
is very important that researchers be prepared to study a wide age
spectrum—probably as wide as from seven to seventy years.

     Other factors of variability include the difference between
smokers and non-smokers; the effects of  cyclic, natural, and
therapeutic hormones; and, perhaps even  as has been suggested, the
influence of  diet.  The  studies  done by  Jack Hackney  suggest  that
factors such  as place of residence, and  polluted  or non-polluted
environment,  may  very well play  a role in variability.*  For
example,  using gas  for home cooking might be a  very important
determinant  as to how  a  person responds  to  oxides of  nitrogen.
As a respiratory  physiologist, I also  suggest that the  kind of
pulmonary function  test  chosen is important.  I think that the
current use  of the  single-breath foreign gas  dilution,  the so-
called "closing volume test,"  and the  flow-volume curves done with
air and helium-oxygen  mixtures,  could  be useful adjuncts to a
protocol.

      I am sure you have agonized over  what sort of test would be
 the most useful and sensitive.   I think the evaluation of changes
 in non-specific bronchial reactivity is also likely to be useful,
 but again, there is a limit on what you can inflict on test sub-
 jects.

      My last point is in support of what Dr. Bromberg has suggested.
 I, too, would like to make a plea for the study of mechanisms.  I
 suggest that  resources  such as people who are able to interpret
 mechanisms would be a very useful adjunct to the operation of the
 Health Effects Research Laboratory.  I  think it  is not enough to
 say  that a  given level  of a given substance does not produce a
 specific effect  of a certain class.  If we are to gain  insight into
 the  lung's  defenses,  into other disease entities, if we are  to get
 more output from these  kinds of studies than just that  output direct-
 ed towards  standards  settings,  then we  have to be in a  position  to
  shed light  on the  mechanisms.
  *Hackney, J.D., W.S. Linn, S.K. Karusa, R.D.  Buckley, D.C. Law,
   D.V. Bates, M. Hazucha, L.D. Pengelly, and F. Silverman:  Effects
   of ozone exposure in Canadians vs. southern Californians:  Evidence
   for Adaptation.  Arch. Env. Health 32 (3): 110-116, 1977.


  202

-------
      Discussion
      DR. OTTO:  Obviously, the lungs are one of the primary sites
 through which air pollutants are ingested, but it seems to me that
 we have inordinately emphasized pulmonary function.  I think the
 panel should discuss other organs that might be targets of air
 pollution effects.

      DR. BROMBERG:  It is true that carbon monoxide is the noxious
 gas that is most often considered to affect other systems, and the
 lung is the portal of entry for carbon monoxide.   Work with other
 gases has focused primarily on pulmonary effects.

      On the other hand,  for ozone there is evidence that red cells
 are affected.   In a more hypothetical vein,  immunocytes present in
 the bronchus,  which is associated with lymphoid tissue just under-
 neath the epithelium,  may be affected.   These  immunocytes are  local,
 but they do communicate  with the  body's overall immune system.

      Other  gases may cause changes  in capillary endothelial  cell
 function, which  would result in more widespread changes in the
 circulation.   These  effects are a bit more remote  and  probably  are
 not as  attractive as topics for study as  the pulmonary effects.

      The  clinical  side of the  coin  is that people  die  of  lung
 disease or  suffer  from chronic  pulmonary  symptoms: consequently,
 lung  function has  received more attention than other,  less directly
 affected  sites in  the  body.  I  would like  to know what other people
 think.

     DR. KNELSON:  We  should make it  explicit in this discussion
 that we are addressing only a few facets of a large problem.  Much
 of what we have  talked about touches only the periphery of the air
pollution testing program  currently underway at the Health Effects
 Research Laboratory.  In our laboratory, we invest as many resources
                                                               203

-------
in the study of in vitro cellular toxicity testing as we do in
pulmonary function testing.  For several years, we have had a
relatively ambitious psychophysiology neurobehavioral program.  We
collect venous blood cells from exposed subjects and study the
immune competence in these cells in vitro.  We also conduct rather
aggressive metabolic tests on these subjects.

     DR. HAZUCHA:  I would like to comment on Dr. Otto's remark.
It is true that we are concerned with pulmonary function because
it is a primary target, and I have no doubt that different pol-
lutants will affect the systems within the body.  But if we
compromise in measuring pulmonary functions, we will have to be
prepared to compromise in studying other systems.

     When I measure vital capacity, I do not care if the subject
drinks a glass of water or eats a sausage in the morning.  If,
however, I want to measure some level of enzymes, I certainly will
be concerned with what the subject has eaten.  The more sophisticated
test I use, the more I have to be concerned with factors such as
the subject's posture or the time of day, or any of those factors
mentioned by Dr. Statland earlier.

     DR. KNELSON:  I would like to amplify what Dr. Hazucha is
saying. We have already designed experiments that are impossible
to conduct. The interests of the psychophysiologist, the interests
of the clinical chemist, the interests of the cardiologist and the
pulmonary physiologist are converging on a group of subjects that
allows us to write a protocol we can never implement.  As a result,
we sit back and say, "Well, which variables can we afford to
measure at this stage; which ones are we going to have to put off
for the next experiment?"

     DR. BENIGNUS:  I have heard several of you comment that theo-
retical work, backup work on the mechanisms of the effects we
observe, is important and necessary.  Because it contributes to
the body of knowledge about physiology, such work is not only
necessary from the academic point of view, but also from the point
of view of credibility.

     I do not, as a scientist, have much faith in results that show
only a decrement in some kind of performance—for example, the dose
response curve.  As a scientist, I would have much more faith in
results that explain to me the mechanisms that produce the effects.
Work of this type is not just a matter of contributing to the
academic pool; it is a matter of gaining credibility in the
scientific community.
204

-------
      DR.  HAAK:   To  amplify  that,  Dr.  Pengelly mentioned that perhaps
 our activities are  directed toward  setting  standards.  I believe
 that when our recommendations  for air quality standards, which may
 be based on the  5%  decrement in pulmonary function that Dr. Bromberg
 mentioned, are tested  in court, the judges  will require some
 mechanistic formula to interpret  how many millions of dollars our
 recommendations  will cost.   Scientists from industry will argue
 that a 5% decrement does not warrant the expense of millions of
 dollars.  Other  scientists  will be asked to explain what impact a
 5% decrement will have on public  health.

      As long as  the mechanism is  not clear, the court and the judges
 will be unwilling to make a multi-million dollar decision.  The
 issue will be a  stalemate.  The scientists will be sent back to the
 laboratory to do more  research to support their recommendation of a
 particular standard.   And that research will have to be based on
 the expected mechanism of the pollutant at issue.

      DR.  OTTO:   Allow me to cite one example that puts this issue
 into perspective.  We have not said very much about our neuro-
 behavioral research.   In fact,  the results of our  studies,  which
 in some cases reveal positive findings,  have had virtually no
 impact  on standard setting in this country,  even though we  have
 been collecting  data for five years.

      One  of  the  reasons that we have not had any impact is  that
 when we measure  brain waves, for example,  and we notice an  increase
 in a given component,  we do not know what  the  underlying mechanism
 is for  the change in that component.   Therefore, our  friends  in
 Washington, who  have to evaluate this  data,  say, "So  what?  You
 showed  a  change  in the  brain wave  function;  I  can pick  up my  cup
 of tea  and joggle it around  and show changes there, too, but
 what is the functional  significance?   Until  you  can tell me the
 mechanism  and what its  functional  significance is, I  really do  not
 know how to evaluate your data."   The mechanisms must be described
 before  we can really interpret  the effects that we observe.

     DR. BROMBERG:   I do not know  whether I  know David Bates' point
 of view well enough  to  speak for him, but my impression is that he
 would say, "If you have demonstrated a reproducible effect, that
 effect  speaks for itself.  The burden is on  those who would deny
 the significance  of  that effect to prove that it has no significance.
To those individuals, I simply say,  'Well, I saw something happen,
and if you cannot disprove that it happened, then I have proved my
case.'"

     What about that point of view?  Do you deal with this at all,
Dr. Frank, in thinking  about what  it is you want to measure?
                                                               205

-------
     DR. FRANK:  Yes, I do.  I have stated that dose response
relationships have considerable impact in this field.  Let's face
it—they do.  Ultimately one of the issues that we should address—
and this is kind of circular—is that basic research, dose response
relationships, animal toxicology and epidemiology all feed into
one another. To the extent that any one of these elements is
isolated, you can forget about it, if it cannot be drawn into the
entire picture.  If animal toxicology and clinical research do not
inform and  influence the design of epidemiologic studies, then we
are spinning wheels. I think we all agree on that.

     My bias is toward studies of mechanisms.  This  is what fasci-
nates me.   For example, we are in the process of trying to find a
basis for what may be  the  vulnerability of certain individuals in
the population to sulfuric acid.  There is a good analytical
chemical basis for this notion, and I think it could be tested and
that such a test would not only be informative, but  also great
fun.

     As scientists we  ought  to anticipate being  confronted with
the problem of how to  relate our  observations  to  some  remote
entity, such as  lung disease,  or  even "public  health."  We  should
be prepared to say,  "I have  made  an  observation  and I  do  not
understand it, but  I think it has the following  implications."
Then we should begin to  test the  hunch.

      We should not say,  "Here's my observation;  it is  an effect."
 Implicit in that statement is the notion that all effects are bad.
 I do not think they are.  I have  seen some data on dose response
 relationships to ozone obtained from an extremely good laboratory.
 The data were presented as evidence that there was an adverse
 effect, beginning at about 0.3 ppm of ozone.  My reaction to the
 data was that it was reassuring that there was virtually no adverse
 effect in  the subject when he was breathing at rest.  In my judg-
 ment, the  deviation from  zero was almost trivial; it was within
 the variance of the measurement in the population.

      DR. BRQMBERG:  It is hard to know what to do with small
 changes. One man's artifact is another man's Nobel  Prize.  A small
 change may be a very  significant piece of information if we only
 knew how to  isolate it, to  focus on  it,  and to amplify it and
 understand it.

      DR. FRANK:  I  couldn't agree more.

      DR.  BROMBERG:   On  the  other hand,  a small  change may  really
  be nothing.
 206

-------
       DR. FRANK:  Again, I couldn't agree more.  What is an ap-
  parent certitude today may change radically in its implications
  tomorrow. We do not have final truth on anything,  and there is
  always the danger of over-interpreting data.   But  we do end up
  with a lot of curiosities, and it seems to me that they get in our
  way.  The curiosities exist,  but we avoid exercising judgment
  about them.

       It would be ideal if we  could eliminate  all environmental
  stress, but we are not about  to do that.   What we  have  to  try to
  do is exercise a certain amount of judgment about  how much is
.  tolerable.

       DR.  HORVATH:   I would like to make one facetious comment and
  one  serious comment.  The  facetious comment has  to do with the
  "beneficial effects" of ozone  exposure.   My reaction to  that  is as
  follows:  one  of the things that we  discovered was that  the maximum
  aerobic capacity—in other words,  the  capacity of  a  man  to work at
  a  sustained level—seems to be reduced because of  ozone  exposure.
  I  say that  may be  beneficial because it may prevent  all  of us  from
  becoming  over-worked;  so,  if we  are exposed to ozone, we may
  actually  be benefitted by  it.

       My serious  comment concerns Dr. Pengelly's important sug-
  gestion;  namely, that  we are ignoring  the effects of age.  The
 only  studies I know  of that contain any data on age were the
 studies we  did with  carbon monoxide.  We looked at young Caucasian
 males, middle-aged Caucasian males, and we  looked at smokers and
 non-smokers, depending on whether they had  smoked at least one
 pack of cigarettes a day for a couple of years or for 16 to 17
 years.  We noticed differences among these groups.

      But that is the only study on age groups  that  I know of.   We
 have ignored the effects of age for all the other pollutants,  and
 I feel strongly that the age factor must be taken into account
 because we do know there are obvious changes that occur  in indivi-
 duals as a consequence of age and as a consequence  of sex.

      Age and sex have to be involved in any consideration we give
 to  what happens to the population.   After  all,  10.9% of  the
 population in the United States is over the age of  60.   That is a
 huge  percentage of our population.   The point  that  Dr. Pengelly
 did not bring up, however,  which annoyed me considerably, especial-
 ly  since in  my laboratory we have some  very strong  people who  are
 of  the opposite sex,  was the influence  of  sex  hormones.   He
 hinted a little bit,  but I  think we  have to consider the  striking
 differences  between males and females.  We  are  completely ignoring
 53% of our population.  Every time I  ask someone if  they support
                                                               207

-------
studies on females, they look at me and say,  "Well, females are
females."  They are, indeed, and from the standpoint of being good
subjects, they are much more attractive than  males.

     We are also ignoring the elderly.  When  you talk about pol-
lutant effects on humans, what groups are concerned?  Who dies?
It is not the young Caucasian male and female.  It is the old
Caucasian male and female, and we have paid no attention to them.
This is one of the real difficulties that I find with all of the
experimental work that is being conducted on air pollutants.  We
will have wasted a great deal of money if someone does not start
to support studies involving females and the  elderly.  The cost
benefit problem is of no importance if you relate it only to young
Caucasian males.

     The factor of race is another problem that we have ignored.
Studies suggest that the responses of other races to environmental
stresses are different from the responses of Caucasians.  We must
seriously consider the factors of age, sex, and race.  We must
move quickly to incorporate people from these groups into our
studies, even though it is not easy to recruit subjects from the
population at large.

     fly feeling is that no human organism can survive if he isn't
under some environmental stress, and I do not think we can remove
stresses from the organism.  I am not sure that we can benefit by
studying ozone or dioxides as stresses, but I do think that we
have to have a certain degree of stress.

     Before we decide whether or not these minor changes that we
have been recording are bad for us, I think we must ask ourselves,
"How much do we need of this stress in order to survive?"
208

-------
  Statement
       Mario C. Battigelli, M.D.
       School of Medicine
       University of North Carolina
      I shall briefly attempt to offer some  encouragement to consider
 human experimentation as a legally/  socially, academically, and
 medically acceptable endeavor.

      Experiment is such a common event in life--certainly it is
 common in many professional  habits and commitments—that maybe
 something is lost by using the  term.  Some of you may remember
 the lovely poem by Emily Dickinson that ends something like this:
 "Experiment to me is everyone I  meet."

      Some of you may remember the well-known British cardiologist
 who stated that any time a physician embarks on a treatment of a
 patient,  he  is conducting a  clinical experiment.  Justice Holmes
 remarked  that "All  life  is an experiment;  the best test of truth
 is  the power of the  thought  to get itself  accepted in the competi-
 tion  of the  market."

      "A test, a  trial, a tentative procedure" is the  dictionary
 definition of experiment.  The thought process that we  have  accept-
 ted in embarking on experimental work will be exemplified by
 discussing our experience in  byssinosis.*  I  shall from the  outset
*Byssinosis is a form of pneumoconiosis  due to the inhalation of
cotton dust.
                                                              209

-------
define that we are not testing the entire pathogenesis of bys-
sinosis, but only a very small aspect of it--the acute ventilatory
response to calibrated clouds of cotton dust.

     Whenever we deal with cotton dust, we face a complex, hetero-
geneous mixture of particles that may be derived from contaminat-
ing dirt or from various parts of the cotton plant—the fibers,
the shell or pericarp, the bracts (small leaf-life appendages at
the base), the stem, and the leaves.

     Exposure to cotton dust is associated with the development of
a syndrome we call byssinosis.  This syndrome is an airways response,
a sort of asthma, which is associated with well defined symptoms
that have a characteristic cyclic expression, at least at the be-
ginning of the natural history of the disease.

     The subjective syndrome is part of a phenomenon that may be
objectively identified as a respiratory decrement, a respiratory
loss following exposure to dust, well described by the spirogram.
We also recognize that not all of the individuals exposed to
cotton dust come down with a significant response, and that the
proportion of those affected increases in proportion to the in-
tensity of the exposure.  It has also been ascertained that indi-
viduals not used to the occupational exposure may, on exposure to
sustained concentration of dust, exhibit the symptoms, as well as
the signs of the cotton dust effect.

     In any area of knowledge, there are certain aspects that are
out of focus, incomplete, erased, or totally missing.  One of the
aspects that we thought interesting was to verify how specific was
the acute ventilatory response related to other conditions that we
distinguish from byssinosis.  What is the dose-relationship of the
specific response, and the specific agents causing these responses
in patients, volunteering as subjects, or in normal healthy indivi-
duals who are free of disease and unexposed.

     The primary justification for collecting information on dose-
response relationships is that such information is helpful in
formulating appropriate medical management procedures, including
removal from exposure, reassignment, relocation, retirement.
Hence, experimental exposure may assist in defining guidelines for
this type of decision.  There is more to it.

     We considered several questions as clinically significant to
our study.  First, is there a minimal concentration and/or duration
of exposure that is effective in identifying the specific, segre-
gated ventilatory response, whatever the relationship of this may
210

-------
 be to the whole syndrome?   Second,  are there any specific character-
 istics of reactivity (such as symptoms or objective ventilatory
 parameters)  that can be defined and perhaps related to the patho-
 logical background of each subject?  Third, can these  definitions
 of reactivity characteristics be used to formulate  pathogenetic
 considerations?

      The fourth question is,  are there specific components or
 characteristics of the exposure, the nature of  the  dust,  that can
 be identified as most injurious and therefore necessary to the
 understanding of the natural  history and the pathogenesis of  the
 disease?

      In designing and executing the experiments,  considerations of
 safety are quite straightforward.   Our continuous monitoring  pro-
 gram  is maintained by assaying dust level continuously and by
 having a physician exposed to the same conditions as the  subjects,
 in the exposure room.

      The nature of the response, at this concentration, is limited
 and invariably reversible.  We must recognize that  the true experi-
 mental value  to these activities is simply that we  duplicate  what
 happens in the real  world  within total uniformity and  continuous
 control.

      In doing so,  we find  justification in trying to remove the bad
 connotation from the word  "experiment."   This term  conjures visions
 of vivisection,  which,  of  course, excites the minds of those  who
 tend  to see greater  risks  than actually are warranted  in  these
 circumstances.

      I would  like  to pass  on  this word of encouragement,  quoting
 from  no one less than Jacob Bronowski,  who said,  "We live surrounded
 by the apparatus of  science,  the diesel  engine, the experiment,
 the bottle of aspirins,  and the  survey of opinion.  We  are  hardly
 conscious  of  that, but  behind that,  we  are becoming conscious of a
 new importance  in  science.  We  are  coming to understand that  science
 is  not a haphazard collection of manufacturing  techniques,  carried
out by laboratory dwellers  with  acid-yellow fingers and steel-rimmed
 spectacles and  no home  life.

      Science, we are  growing  aware,  is a  method and a  force of its
own, which has  its own means  and style, and its own sense of
excitement."2

     One may  wish not to call  an experiment an  experiment;  let us
call it a  justified  verification of  an hypothesis, but the  fact is
that that type of.endeavor  is here  to  stay.   We are bound to  conduct
                                                                211

-------
 experiments,  and perhaps a safe beginning is with a restatement,
 according to  what Socrates suggested,  "The beginning of wisdom
 is the  definition of your own terms."3  I suggest this for your
 own activities.
 REFERENCES

 1.    Holmes,  Jr.,  O.W.:  Abrams v.  United States, 250 U.S.,  616.

 2.    Bronowski,  J:   Common Sense and Science,  Heinemann (ed.), 1951,

 3.    Vitae Philosophorum.   Cited by Diogenes Laertius (Long, H.S.
      ed.).  Oxford Univ. Press, 1964.
212

-------
       Discussion
      DR.  BROMBERG:   Yesterday  Dr. Bates said that he thinks certain
 experiments  are  best conducted in the environment where the problem
 actually  exists.   If, for example, you want to study the long-term
 effects of sulfur  dioxide, perhaps the best place to do so is in
 the work  setting of  lead smelters, and not attempt to study the
 long-term exposures  in a chamber.

      Perhaps the smaller, better controlled studies that we do in
 the laboratory should be viewed in this context.   As long as we do
 not exceed the exposure levels that are occurring in,  and are accept-
 ed by,  our industrial society, perhaps we  should consider the real
 environment as a standard of reference for what we should permit
 ourselves to do or not to do.

      DR.  CRIDER:   If you use the workers in a particular industry
 as your subjects, you may be omitting a large percentage of people
 who may be susceptible to a  particular agent.   Individuals  who
 can survive potentially harmful environments  tend to continue to
 work in them; those who cannot, do not.  I think  we would have  to
 be careful in conducting the  type of  studies  that you suggest,  and
 in selecting  subjects for them.

      DR. BROMBERG:   I am  not  saying that one  has  to go into the  field
 and  find individuals  and  study  their  responses to controlled lab-
 oratory exposures.   I am  just saying  that  our society has indicated,
 for  the moment, its willingness to tolerate certain levels of
 human exposure.  By using society's willingness to tolerate exposure
 as a standard of reference, perhaps the much more careful approach
 we use in  the laboratory is really quite defensible.  There may be
 another perspective from which  to view our experiments other than
 the almost frightening portrayal suggested by moralists,  chairmen
of human use committees, and doctors of jurisprudence.
                                                               213

-------
     Dr. Battigelli did not really discuss in detail any of the
work that he has done, but many of his subjects are not people who
are occupationally exposed to cotton dust, or who have any history
of byssinosis.  They are people who have well-defined, chronic ob-
structive lung diseases of more common varieties, but who are
nonetheless willing to be exposed to cotton dust.  They are ex-
posed along with the experimenter himself, who sits in the chamber
with the subjects and is as close as the touch of a hand.

     Very interesting information has been obtained from Dr.
Battigelli's studies, and I think in our studies of pollutant
gases, for example, that we ought to pay more attention to the
possibility of using that difficult-to-control, more worrisome
kind of subject, the individual with well-established chronic
disease.

     DR. BATTIGELLI:  Because you conduct experiments within a
controlled laboratory setting, you can easily defend your activi-
ties by demonstrating that the subjects you expose are immensely
safer than other subjects who are exposed to the same variable in
a less controlled situation.

     With regard to the variety and characteristics of exposure
subjects, one should include the ill and impaired.  There is no
question that the impaired individual is quite often, if not
always, a very sensitive responder.  I am sure that your protocols
have included exposure of individuals with significant disorders
because such people are, perhaps, more sensitive to the various
factors you wish to study.

     DR. PENGELLY:  Earlier, someone asked about the meaning of a
5% decrement in vital capacity.  Vital capacity is a measurement
of pulmonary function, and it is well known that it decreases with
age. After growth stops, vital capacity drops approximately 0.5%
per year.  If one's vital capacity declines 5% over a two-hour
period, that is comparable to ten years of aging.  Even though the
vital capacity may return to its original level, I think this
suggests that age is an important factor to consider when we
decide what we should measure and how people respond.

     It is well known, for example, that cigarette smoking produces
a vital capacity decrement that is greater than the normal decrement
associated with age.  If exposure to some toxic material causes a
decrement in excess of the known decrement, I think that is a suf-
ficient argument to say that although this person may still have,
functionally, enough vital capacity to get on with life, the fact
that he will deteriorate at a more rapid rate than he would other-
wise is a significant point*
214

-------
       Knowing the effects of cigarette smoking on pulmonary function,
  knowing that the cigarette causes 60% of all cancer mortality, how
  can we justify the question of sensitivity to air pollutants in
  the face of such an enormous known stress to the lungs?

       DR. FRANK:  I would like to respond to this, not with respect
  to cigarette smoking,  but with respect to vital capacity.   We
  could be dealing with  substances X,  Y,  and Z—call them pollutants
  for the moment—and we could administer each of them to a  care-
  fully controlled group in which we know the subjects'  previous
  diets and all  the factors that may influence their functional
  response.

       To measure vital  capacity,  we expose  the  subjects to  pol-
  lutants X,  Y,  and Z for 10  minutes.   Each  person  shows a 5% re-
  duction.   At this stage,  there is  no  way of weighing the im-
  portance of the changes in  vital capacity.   We are not yet in  a
  position to judge the  relative significance of the reductions  in
  vital  capacity.   So, we  expand the experiment; we may  also use
  information obtained from the  subjects while seeking answers to
  other  experimental  questions.  Which of these pollutants is the
 most important?   Are they all  equally important, or are none of
  them important?   We may find that  if the subject is exposed to
 agent A for ten minutes on  each of three days there will be a
 constinuous drop  in vital capacity; but for agents B and C the
 subject will revert to control with repeated exposure.  Perhaps
 now we are developing a reasonable hypothesis to suggest that one
 of these agents is more significant than another.

      At the same time,  some other researcher develops some  epidemio-
 logical data that either reinforces or weakens the hypothesis.
 What I am saying is that it is incumbent on us, as scientists/ to
 continue to test the implications for health, if you will,  of  the
 observations we make.   We cannot just say that,  because an  effect
 has been noted,  we have to accept the effect as significant for
 health.

      DR.  BROMBERG:  I think  Dr. Pengelly uses a very  convenient
 calibration scale.  He  uses  those very shallow  slopes of function
 versus  age,  and  extrapolates the  data  he  gets in terms  of life
 expectancy,  and  says, "Look!  This  curve  crosses the  time axis  at
 100 years,  and now you have  put this  subject, by your little
 exposure, onto a different curve, which if  extrapolated, gives  him
 a life expectancy  of only  70 years.  You have reduced his life
 expectancy by 30 years."   Is that what you  intended to  say. Dr.
Pengelly?
                                                               215

-------
     DR. PENGELLY:  No, of course not.  What I said was that one
has to examine the entire context of the situation, which rein-
forces what Bob Frank just said.  The one little bit of infor-
mation we get in the laboratory has to be fitted into the other
pieces of known information—perhaps in part from animal experiment-
ation and in part from epidemiological studies.  The point of view
one must have when looking at the response in the lab should be
conditioned by the other information at hand.

      I certainly did not want to imply that a 10-minute exposure
to ozone or some other agent, was going to have some effect on the
subject.  But, in order to understand what is taking place, one's
observations must be made within the context of all the other
observations that relate to  that variable.

      DR. BROMBERG:  I think  most people would agree with that
approach.  That does not provide an easy answer to the question of
what  to do with that 5% decrement.  When you were talking, I
thought you were  saying that the 5% decrement in vital capacity
over  two hours is the  same decrement you would observe after 10
years of aging, and that you can turn around and say to the inform-
ed  layman, "For you to understand what that decrease in vital
capacity means, let me tell  you that  it is equivalent to 10 years
of  aging."  That  is very dramatic, but is it'right?

      DR. PENGELLY:  No, although it does give  the  layman,  in a
sense,  a framework in  which  to  judge  things, but it is not to be
interpreted as a  value  judgment for what happens.  For example, if
one routinely measured one's weight and noted  a weight change of a
few pounds over  several weeks,  such a change  is probably not
 significant.   But a  consistent  change of a  few pounds over several
days is well  known to  be  significant.

      One must  keep the scales of age  in balance with other infor-
mation.  There are a lot  of  implications that I have not mentioned;
many hidden messages in saying  that a change  of weight over  a  few
 days is important.   Many  unsaid things  come into play because  of
one's other  experience.   I think it is  important to  keep the
 context in balance.

      DR.  BATTIGELLI:   To  extend again what I  believe Dr.  Frank
 implied, perhaps  a short-term experiment may offer us  guidelines
 and help our  progress on long-range  experiments.   Probably most
 chronic experiments  can be studied better  from an  epidemiological
 approach because  the study of so-called natural experiments cannot
 be duplicated in the laboratory by any  stretch of  the  scientific
 imagination.  The  interplay between the  short-term, bench-type
 laboratory test  and the epidemiological investigation may provide
 216

-------
 mutual support for both types of experiments and may sharpen
 attention on important target areas*

      DR. BROMBERG:  So the lesson, then, for a specially-designed
 facility like the EPA Human Research Facility here on the campus
 of the University of North Carolina, is that isolation should be
 guarded against; the design of the experiment should take into
 account a wide range of information; and interpretations should be
 based on an attempt to integrate observations into a coherent
 picture.  The development of this picture is based on animal
 experiments, on short-term human experiments, on medium-term human
 experiments, and on epidemiological studies.

      I am afraid, though that there will be great difficulties in
 interpreting the state of the art for a specific regulation that
 Congress might want to consider.  But we must do our best with
 that problem, and not cave in as scientists to that demand.

      DR.  HAZUCHA:  There are some other implications of  acute
 experiments.  It is well known that only ideal systems,  when they
 are stressed, will return to pre-stress conditions.   A living
 organism,  to which stress is applied, positively will not revert
 to pre-stress conditions.

      In an acute  experiment,  the difference between  pre-stress and
 stress  conditions may be miniscule.   With regard to  any  of these
 tests that show a 0.10%  decrement,  perhaps  you cannot state  cate-
 gorically  that,  over  a 70-year life span,  there will be  a reduction
 of 7% or seven  years  of  life.   But  when a subject is exposed many
 times for  many  years,  the  resulting loss of vital capacity will
 certainly  impair  the  quality of life.

     DR. BROMBERG:  That all  depends  on our accepting your origin-
 al premise,  which was  that if  every event has a permanent effect
 on the  subject, the subject never returns to the  pre-stress  con-
 dition.  I am not quite  prepared to believe that.  For example, we
 are  losing 1% of  our red  cells  every  single day.   They are dis-
 appearing, being  eaten up  by our reticuloendothelial  system.   Yet,
 our  red cell mass, over  long periods  of time, remains quite  constant;
 so it is possible  for  steady-state mechanisms to  maintain constant
 levels.  I think  it is possible  to undergo  some  stress and to
 completely recover from  it, and  to do  so  again  and again.

     I am not sure that either one of us  can prove our points, but
 I  think that the assumption you  are making, which if we do accept
it, would lead us to say,  "Well, yes, we have to  admit then, that
if the same stress is repeated sufficiently often, there  will  be
irreversible, gross, and progressive changes."  I am not  quite
prepared to believe that.

                                                                217

-------
     DR. HAZUCHA.  It is true that red blood cells are renewed,
but the hemopoietic system is stressed, and the hemopoietic system
as such will not return to the exact pre-stress condition.

     DR. BROMBERG:  I am not sure about that.

     DR. HAZUCHA:  Well, as you said, it is difficult to prove,
almost  impossible.

     DR. BROMBERG:  I think you are addressing yourself, in a
sense,  to  your own point of view about the significance of small
changes.   We have been talking around it, and we have arrived  at
different  ways of looking at the significance of small changes.   I
think  you  have developed a way of looking at this which is satis-
factory to you,  but it still remains a touchy problem.  When con-
fronted with a specific circumstance, I suspect various people in
this room  would  come up with a different interpretation of what
small  changes mean, even after all this discussion.

     DR. PENGELLY:   I should like to return  to Dr.  Frank's comments
about  the  importance of observed effects.  I am reminded  of a
discussion I had with a person who supported the development of an
airport quite  close  to a major city.   He said that,  as he under-
stood  it,  people living close to airports adapt to  airport noise
and eventually become accustomed to  it.  My  response to him was
yes, there is  an adaptive mechanism—it  is called deafness, but I
do not think  deafness is an appropriate  adaptation.

      Recent studies  suggest that people  who  are not constantly ex-
posed  to ozone tend  to  react more  to the gas than people  who  are
 regularly  exposed to it.   The  implication of this argument  is  that
 individuals exposed  to  ozone are better  off  because they  do  not
 respond.  I argue that  the  method  of adaptation must be con-
 sidered.  Deafness is an  adaptation  to airport  noise, but deafness
 certainly is not desirable.  We must take  the  factor of adaptation
 into account;  we must make sure it is  appropriate.

      DR. FRANK:   At the risk of being boring or repetitious,  I
 think the  new legislation in TOSKA attempts to  weigh a risk
 because weighing a risk is important in deciding what to do about
 it.  I think it is reasonable,  too,  to say that our judgment of
 the importance of a risk may be subject to change.   We deal always
 with uncertainty, and what may appear to be, from my point of view,
 flimsy evidence today,  may be quite impressive, overwhelming
 evidence,  if not proof, a month from now.

      Consequently, we have to be prepared to change our judgment.
 But I think, too, that as a society, we are compelled to make
 218

-------
 judgments because there is no such thing as a benign environment.
 We have to weigh what it is that we recognize as being most import-
 ant/ and how much of an effort we should make to mitigate harmful
 stress.

      I do not see anything wrong with making judgments.  I do not
 think we should just make observations and put them forth so that
 finally they become curios.  I think if we have any reason to
 suspect that an observation has an implication, then we, as scient-
 ists should pursue our observation and devise experiments designed
 to test its importance for health.

      Another thing that really impresses me is that the biological
 system is marvelously well constructed to adjust to change.   I
 recognize there is a "price"  for all adjustments,  but we do manage
 to adjust.

      A hypothesis about to be tested in animals suggests that
 total dosage may not be important for many of the  pollutants we
 are concerned about.  (I am not referring to mercury or lead.
 They are stored in the body and obviously have cumulative effects.)
 What is  important,  however, is the variation in dosage.   If  an
 animal  is exposed to sulfur dioxide for "X" number of years,  the
 exposure will have no effect  if the dosage is consistently low.
 On the other hand,  there will be measurable effects resulting from
 the same total dosage over  the same period of time if the dosage
 of sulfur dioxide is varied each time the gas is administered*  If
 this  hypothesis  proves true,  it may reveal  impressive epidemio-
 logical  evidence that we  can  apply to our studies  of morbidity and
 mortality rates.

      If  humans are  exposed  to sulfur  dioxide  more  effects will be
 noticed  with  a dosage of  10 ppm  for one minute  than with  1 ppm for
 10  minutes.   And I  suspect  you could  develop  an  argument  for
 epidemiologic  data  to reinforce  that  as well.

      DR.  KNELSON:   Our two  ozone  studies  demonstrated the importance
 of  variation  in  dosage very nicely.   In both  studies, using 0.4 ppm
 for four hours (which could be expressed  as 1.6 ppm of total dose)
 the effect on  lung mechanics was  considerably less  dramatic than the
 effect of 0.6 ppm given for one hour, which is less  than  half of
 the total dose in the 4 hour exposure to 0.4 ppm ozone.

     Our laboratory has also conducted dose-rate experiments, using
 death in animals as an end point, and we have obtained elegant data
 showing that ozone does exactly what you have described.  These
experiments show a continuum of dose-rate response, which is the
rate a given dose is administered.  We have quantified the dose-
rate response, and we have found that short exposures to  higher


                                                               219

-------
levels of ozone are much more detrimental than long exposures.
That does not surprise you, does it, Dr. Bromberg?

     DR. BROMBERG:  No, but when you are dealing with a potentially
noxious agent and with rate-limited disposal mechanisms, and if
you increase the rate of delivery to some critical point, you will
eventually see a very marked effect.  A case in point is the agent
potassium chloride.  If you make a mistake by injecting 40 milli-
equivalents of potassium chloride into a patient's vein, in a
few minutes the patient dies from cardiac arrest because the
circulatory mechanisms that dispose of noxious agents are too slow
to cope with that much potassium chloride.

      It is not a  surprise  that  if we push hard enough with a concen-
trated enough dose  in  a short period of time, we can overcome the
effectiveness of  the body's disposal mechanisms.

      DR.  KNELSON:   But that is  not  a consistent  tenet in toxicology.
You must  pay  attention to  what  you  are  examining.  We both know the
dose-rate response  is  significant for toxic  substances  that  the
body's repair mechanisms cannot handle.

      On the other hand, there are toxic substances that elicit  a
 compensatory  response.  If you  administer  a  low  dose of these  sub-
 stances for  a long period  of  time,  the  compensatory  response will
 not be invoked,  and the overall toxic  effect will  be greater than
 if you give  the  same dose  over  a short  period of time  and  trigger
 the compensatory mechanisms.

      DR.  HAAK:   I would just like  to pose  a final question to this
 group.  If we do not completely understand the mechanism of action,
 how are we going to get enough concurrence among scientists, our-
 selves for example, to make a scientifically sound argument before
 a court to justify the large costs incurred by setting a standard
 for a given pollutant?

      The safe limits for ozone, for example, have been exceeded
 nearly everywhere.  It is going to be a great expense to apply air
 quality  standards to ozone.  How are standards for ozone to be
 defended?  Even  if we could meet in court, EPA on one  side and
 industry on the other, society will be left without a  conclusion.

       DR. BROMBERG:  We have heard  that there is no easy formula.
 It is clear that various  people at this meeting have developed a
 personal approach  to  this difficult interface between  science  and
 society. They do not  pretend that  they have  the right  answer,  but
 at least they have the satisfaction of knowing  that they are
 involved in  the  issue and have some kind  of  approach to dealing
 220

-------
with it.  We do not know the answers to most of the questions that
are being posed, and I do not think we are going to know the
answers in the very near future.  All of us must live with that as
best we can.
                                                              221

-------
 Appendix
 Program Participants
 George Armstrong, M.D.
 Director, Health Effects
   Division
 Office of Health and Ecological
   Effects
 U.S. Environmental Protection
   Agency
 Office of Research and
   Development
 401 M Street, S.W.
 Washington,  D.C. 20460

 David Bates, M.D.
 University of British Columbia
 Vancouver, British  Columbia,
   Canada

 Mario C.  Battigelli,  M.D.
 Professor of Medicine
 Division  of  Pulmonary Medicine
 School of Medicine
 University of  North Carolina
 Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27514

 Edward Bishop, M.D.
 Professor  of Obstetrics and
  Gynecology
 Chairman,  Committee on the
  Protection of  Rights of
  Human Subjects
 School of Medicine
 University of North Carolina
North Carolina Memorial Hospital
Chapel Hill,  North Carolina 27514
 Philip Bromberg, M.D.
 School of Medicine
 University of North Carolina
 724 Clinical Sciences Building
   (229H)
 Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27514

 Charles E.  Daye, J.D.
 Associate Professor
 University of North Carolina
 School of Law
 Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27514

 Robert Frank, M.D.
 Department  of Environmental  Health
 University  of Washington, SC-34
 Seattle,  Washington 98195

 Milan  Hazucha, M.D.
 Research  Scientist
 Clinical  Studies Division
 Health Effects Research Laboratory
 U.S. Environmental Protection
  Agency
 Environmental Research Center,
   MD-73
 Research Triangle Park,
  North Carolina  27711

 Steven Horvath, Ph.D.
Director and Professor
Institute of Environmental Stress
University of California
Santa Barbara, California 93106
                                                               223

-------
John H. Knelson, M.D.
Director
Health Effects Research Laboratory
  (MD-73)
U.S. Environmental Protection
  Agency
Research Triangle Park,
  North Carolina  27711

G.  Guy Knickerbocker, Ph.D.
Emergency Care Research Institute
5200 Butler Pike
Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania
  19462

Morton Lippman, Ph.D.
Department of Environmental
  Medicine
New York University  Medical
  Center
550 First Avenue
New York, New York 10016

Michael V. Mclntyre, J.D.
P.O.  Box 801
Santa Monica, California
  90406

 David Otto,  Ph.D.
 Research Psychologist
 Clinical Studies  Division
 Health Effects  Research
   Laboratory {MD-73)
 U.S. Environmental Protection
   Agency
 Research Triangle Park,
   North Carolina 27711

 L.  David Pengelly,  Ph.D.
 Associate Professor
 Department of Medicine
 McMaster University
 1200 Main Street West
 Hamilton, Ontario,  Canada
Russell Pimmel,  Ph.D.
Associate Professor
Department of Medicine
University of North Carolina
Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27514

Carl Shy, M.D.
Professor of Epidemiology
Department of Epidemiology
University of North Carolina
Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27514

Harmon L. Smith, Ph.D.
Divinity School
Duke University
Durham, North Carolina 27706

Ralph Stacy, Ph.D.
Research Scientist
Clinical Studies Division
Health Effects Research Laboratory
   (MD-73)
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
   27711

Frank Starmer, Ph.D.
Associate Professor  of Computer
   Science and Associate Professor
   of Medicine
P.O. Box 3181
Duke University  Medical Center
Durham, North Carolina 27710

Bernard E.  Statland, M.D.,  Ph.D.
Associate Professor
Department  of Pathology
University  of North  Carolina
North  Carolina  Memorial  Hospital
Chapel  Hill, North Carolina 27514

Thomas  Wagner,  Ph.D.
 Acting Associate Director
 Clinical Studies Division
 Health Effects Research Laboratory
 U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
 Environmental Research Center,  MD-73
 Research Triangle Park,
   North Carolina 27711
 224

-------
                                    TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                            (Please read Inunctions on the reverse before completing/
 1. REPOHT NO.
                              2.
                                                            3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
 4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
  METHODOLOGIES AND PROTOCOLS IN CLINICAL RESEARCH:
  Evaluating Environmental Effects on Man -
  Proceedings of a Symposium	...
                                                            5. REPORT DATE
             6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
 7. AUTHOR(S)
                                                           fl. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO
 9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
  Clinical Studies Division
  Health Effects Research  Laboratory
  Office of Research and Development
  Research Triangle Park,  N.C.  27711
                                                            10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
                1AA601
              11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
 12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
 Health Effects Research Laboratory
 Office of Research and Development
 U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
 -Research Triangle P^r-Tc. w.r.  27711
                                                            13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
RTP,NC
              14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE

               EPA 600/11
 15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
 16. ABSTRACT
       The report is a proceedings of a symposium convened  at Chapel Hill, North
 Carolina,  October 26-28,  1977.   Five major topics pertaining to the use of_humans
 as experimental subjects  are  addressed in this volume:  philosophy of clinical
 research,  environmental and physical safety considerations  in human exposure
 facilities, the EPA human studies programs, and special considerations and approaches
 in environmental clinical research.  The first four parts consist of twelve formal
 papers  covering issues such as  ethical and legal considerations surrounding the
 use of  human subjects, environmental controls and safeguards,  and electrical
 surveillance and integrity.   Following each paper is a summary of the discussion
 that  took  place after the paper was presented to the symposium participants.  Part
 five  is a  panel discussion composed of four brief presentations and an exchange of
 comments among panel participants.

       The purpose of these proceedings is to help identify,  through open discussion,
 the problems connected with using human subjects in clinical research.
 7.
                                KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                    'SCRIPTORS
                                              b.lDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
                                                                         c. COSATI Field/Gioup
 laboratories
 Laboratory  tests
 humans
                                                                          06 F,  L
 3. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT

 RELEASE TO  PUBLIC
19. SECURITY CLASS (ThisReport)
  UNCLASSIFIED	
                                                                         21. NO. OF PAGES
20, SECURITY CLASS (Thispage)

  UNCLASSIFIED
                           22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)

-------